Skip to main content

Full text of "The house servant's directory, or, A monitor for private families: comprising hints on the arrangement and performance of servants' work ... and upwards of 100 various and useful receipts, chiefly compiled for the use of house servants .."

See other formats


tr:^ia2CW»«t»l(>i'>ie«!h!!t 


1 


Book .lf<^4- 


K 


}2y 

THE  ^^■^'' 

KOVSE  SERVAWT'S  DZRBCTORY. 

OR 

A  MONITOR  FOR  PRIVATE  FAMILIES : 

COMPRISING 

HINTS  ON  THE    ARRANGEMENT   AND    PERFORMANCE  OF 
SXSB.VA97TS'  WdXlK, 

WITH     GENERAL     RULES     FOR 

SETTING  OUT  TABLES  AND  SIDEBOARDS 

IN    FIRST    order; 

THE  ART  OF  VTAITIZTG 

nr  ALL  ITS  branches;  and  likewise  how  to  conduct 

LARGE  AND  SMALL  PARTIES 

WITH  order; 

WITH    GENERAL    DIRECTIONS     FOR    PLACING    ON    TABLE 

ALL  KINDS  OF  JOINTS,  FISH,  FOWL,  &c. 

WITH 

FULL    INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    CLEANING 

PLATE,    BRASS,    STEEL,    GLASS,    MAHOGANY  j 

AND    LIKEWISE 

ALL  KINDS  OF  PATENT  AND  COMMON  LAMPS: 
OB3ERVA7IO  m^ 

ON  SERVANTS'  BEHAVIOUR  TO  THEIR  EMPLOYERS; 

AND    UPWARDS    OF 

XOO  VARIOUS  ikSrs  USEFXTIi   RBCEIFTSy 

CHIEFLY    COMPILED 

FOR  THE  USE  OF  HOUSE  SERVANTS; 

AND    IDENTICALLY    MADE 

TO  SUIT  THE  MANNERS  AND  CUSTOMS  OF  FAMILIES 

IN    THE    UNITED    STATES, 

By  ROBERT  ROBERTS. 


rS.  3  HIT  SI.  7    ABVICH    TO    COOKS 

AND  HEADS  OF  FAMILIES; 
AND    COMPLETE     DIRECTIONS    HOW    TO    BURN 


BOSTON, 

MUNROE    AND    FRANCIS,    128    WASHINGTON-STRBBT, 

NEW  YORK, 

CHARLES  S.  FRANCIS,  252  BROADWAT. 

1828. 


Second  Edition. 


L 


x> 


i''-^' 


c'^ 


DISTRICT  OF  MASSACHUSETTS,   TO  WIT  : 

District  Clerk's  Office. 

Be  it  remembered,  that  on  the  ninth  day  of  March,   A.  D.  1837, 
in  the  fifty-first  year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  Munroe  &,  Francis,  of  the  said  district,  have  deposited  in 
this  Office,  the  Title  of  a  Book,  the  right  whereof  they  claim  as   Pro 
prietors,  in  the  words  following,  to  wit  : 

The  HOUSE  SERVANT'S  DIRECTORY,  or  a  Monitor  for 
Private  Families  :  comprising  hints  on  the  arrangement  and  perform- 
ance of  Servants'  Work,  with  general  rules  for  setting  out  Tables  and 
Sideboards  in  first  order.  The  art  of  Wailing  in  all  its  branches;  and 
likewise  how  to  conduct  Large  and  Small  Parties  with  order;  with 

feneral  directions  for  placing  on  Table  all  kinds  of  Joints,  Fish, 
'owl,  &c. ;  with  full  instructions  for  cleaning  Plate,  Brass,  Steel, 
Glass,  Mahogan}';  and  likewise,  all  kinds  of  Patent  and  Common 
Lamps:  Observations  on  Servants'  Behaviour  to  their  Employers; 
and  upwards  of  100  various  and  useful  Receipts,  chiefly  compiled  for 
the  use  of  House  Servants,  and  identically  made  to  suit  the  Manners 
and  Customs  of  Families  in  the  United  States.  By  Robert  Roberts. 
With  friendly  Advice  to  Cooks  and  Heads  of  families,  and  complete 
Directions  how  to  burn  Lehigh  Coal, 

In  conformity  to  the  act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  enti- 
tled "  An  act  for  the  encouragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the 
copies  of  maps,  charts,  and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of 
such  copies,  during  the  times  therein  mentioned ;"  and  also  to  an  act 
entitled,  "  An  act  supplementary  to  an  act  entitled,  an  act  for  the 
eucouragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  maps,  charts  and 
books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies  during  the  times 
therein  mentioned ;  and  extending  the  benefits  thereof  to  the  arts  of 
designing,  engraving,  and  etching  historical  and  other  prints." 

JOHN  W.  DAVIS,  Clerk  of  the  District  of  Massachusetts, 


cfj-Q^Q'^i 


I 


ADVERTISEMENT   OP   THE   PUBLISHERS. 


This  valuable  Work  was  written  by  a  servant  in 
one  of  the  most  respectable  families  in  this  city,  the 
demise  of  whose  very  honourable  head,  with  deep  re- 
gret we  have  to  record  while  penning  this  advertise- 
ment; and  we  hope  it  it  will  be  some  recommendation 
to  this  useful  book,  to  give  an  extract  of  a  letter 
which  we  received  from  the  late  Hon.  Christopher 
Gore,  a  few  weeks  before  his  decease. 

"  I  have  read  the  work  attentively,  and  think  it  may 
he  of  much  use.  The  directions  are  plain  and  perspic- 
uous ;  and  many  of  the  recipes  I  have  experienced  to 
he  valuable.  Could  servants  he  induced  to  conforrh  to 
these  directions,  their  own  lives  would  he  more  useful^ 
and  the  comfort  and  convenience  of  families  much  pro- 
moted. Consider  me  as  a  subscriber  for  such  number 
of  copies  as  six  dollars  will  pay  for ;  and  I  think  that 
many  more  loould  be  subscribed  for  in  Boston." 

Numerous  other  recommendations  could  have  been 
procured,  but  this  we  deem  sufficient. 

If  the  public  have  applauded  Dr.  Kitchener  for  im- 
proving the  minutiae  and  economy  of  the  larder,  what 
praise  is  not  due  to  an  humble  attempt  to  amend  the 
morals  and  awkwardness  of  domestics?  In  school-learn- 
ing generally  our  native  servants  surpass  foreigners,  but 
in  manners,  deportment,  and  a  knowledge  of  the  duties 
of^heir  station,  it  must  be  admitted  they  are  considerably 
inferiour.  To  borrow  a  phrase  from  the  kitchen,  our 
oboriginal  servants  need  grilling ;  they  require  much  in- 
struction, and  an  apprenticeship  to  the  art  and  faculty  of 
unbending.  Like  certain  "woollens  imported  in  a  raw 
state,"  noticed  in  a  late  congressional  debate,  it  is  requi- 
site, in  order  to  giving  them  a  proper  gloss- and  finish,  to 
send  them  to  a  "  brushing  establishment." 


awwarjipwiy,  "SBasiVij. 


It  cannot  be  denied  that  many  of  our  servants,  whilst 
perfectly  vvillingto  receive  their  wages,  are  either  unwil- 
ling to  submit  to  the  powers  that  be,  by  fulfilling  the  du- 
ties for  which  such  wages  were  stipulated,  or,  from  gross 
ignorance  of  domestic  concerns,  are  totally  unfit  for  ser- 
vice. An  attempt  to  amend  these  matters  by  one  from 
among  their  own  number  deserves,  and  we  hope  will 
receive  the  approbation  and  patronage  of  all  aggrieved, 
so  far  at  least  as  presenting  a  copy  of  this  work  to  every 
house  servant. 

As  to  the  Receipts  for  expurgating  lamps,  forks,  and 
boots,  compounding  liquids,  powders,  &c.  &:c.  given  in 
this  book,  although  like  the  author  of  the  Cook's  Oracle 
we  cannot  say  we  have  actually  eafm  each  receipt,  having 
neither  the  necessary  dyspeptic  qualifications  of  the  os- 
trich, nor  the  gusto  of  the  Esquimaux  or  Kamschadale, 
yet,  being  assured  by  the  author  that  he  has  himself  op- 
erated on  all  of  them,  and  on  hundreds  of  others  not 
set  down  because  not  infallible,  we  believe  they  will  be 
found  of  essential  service,  and  accordingly  recommend 
them,  when  needed,  to  notice  and  use. 

The  publishers  have  in  some  sort  amended  the  or- 
thography and  punctuation  ;  otherwise  the  book  is  copi- 
ed from  the  author's  notes  "  verbatim  et  literatim." 
No  apology  is  necessary  for  thus  presenting  it,  as  the 
perceptions  of  some  of  its  intended  readers  are  a  little 
obtuse,  and  it  is  requisite  to  give  them  line  upon  line, 
somewhat  in  the  Dogberry  style.  Different  views  of 
the  same  object  are  taken,  to  enforce  the  fact  more 
strongly  on  the  recollection ;  and  our  author,  as  a  servant, 
speaks  to  the  comprehension  of  his  fellow  servants,  withr 
out  more  diffuseness  than  answers  the  intended  purpose. 

In  fine,  this  book  is  just  such  an  one  as  has  been  long 
wanted,  emanating  from  just  the  right  quarter,  and  writ-. 
ten  precisely  as  might  be  wished.  With  these  few 
words  of  prologue  we  permit  the  author  to  speak  for 
himself. 

Boston,  March  1,  1827, 


INDEX. 


Introduction  to  the  House  Servant's  Directory 

The  benefit  of  early  rising  to  servants 

On  dress  suitable  for  their  work 

Cleaning  boots  and  shoes    -  .  . 

Cleaning  knives  and  forks 

Directions  for  cleaning  steel  forks  - 

Trimming  and  cleaning  lamps 

Directions  for  cleaning  plate 

Cleaning  plate  with  dry  plate  powder 

Cleaning  silver  and  plated  articles 

Setting  up  the  candles         ... 

Cleaning  polished  steel  grates 

Directions  for  cleaning  mahogany  furniture 

Hints  on  taking  out  stains  from  mahogany 

Brushing  and  folding  gentlemen's  clothes 

Brushing  and  cleaning  gentlemen's  hats 

Regulations  for  the  pantry  - 

Directions  for  cleaning  tea  trays     - 

Washing  and  cleaning  decanters    - 

Trimming  the  cruet  stand  or  casters 
To  clean  tea  and  coffee  urns 
Mahogany  dinner  trays 

Remarks  en  the  morning's  work  in  winter 

Directions  for  setting  out  the  breakfast  table 

Regulations  for  the  dinner  table 

Laying  the  cloth,  &c.      '    - 

Setting  out  the  dinn'-r  table 

Setting  out  the  sideboard     - 

Setting  out  the  side  table    - 

Dinner  on  the  table 

Waiting  on  dinner 

The  first  course  removed    - 

Second  course  removed       • 

Placing  on  the  dessert 

Preparations  for  tea  and  coffee 

Carrj'ing  round  tea  and  coffee 

Observations  on  supper 

Observations  on  the  supper  table 

Pirections  for  extinguishing  lamps,  shutting  up  the 


inc.     66 


mSSSSiSSSmSfSt 


VI 

Page 

Address  and  behaviour  to  your  employers              -  -  69 

Behaviour  to  your  fellow  servants  -            -            -  -  70 

Behaviour  of  servants  at  their  meals            -            -  -  74 

Hints  to  house  servants  on  their  dress          -            -  -  76 

Remarks  on  answering  the  bells      -            -            -  -  78 

All  the  best  receipts  useful  for  servants  to  know      -  -  80 

1.  To  make  the  best  liquid  blacking  for  boots  and  shoes  -  ib. 

2.  To  make  boots  and  shoes  water  proof    -            -  -  ib. 

3.  Composition  to  clean  furniture     -            -            -  -  81 

4.  Furniture  oil  for  Mahogany,  most  excellent       -  -  ib. 

5.  Italian  varnish,  most  superb  for  furniture            -  -  82 

6.  Italian  polish  to  give  furniture  a  brilliant  lustre  -  ib. 

7.  To  take  ink  stains  out  of  mahogany  furniture      -  -  83 

8.  An  excellent  wash  for  dirty  tables,  after  a  party  -  ib. 

9.  To  take  the  black  off  the  bright  bars  of  polished  steel  -  84 

10.  To  polish  the  bars  of  a  polished  steel  grate      -  -  ib. 

11.  The  best  way  to  clean  a  polished  steel  grate     -  -  85 

12.  For  the  black  parts  or  inner  hearth  of  a  grate  -  ib. 

13.  Another  excellent  black  mixture  for  the  same  -  86 

14.  A  beautiful  mixture  to  clean  brass  or  copper    -  -  ib. 

15.  To  give  Britannia  metal  a  brilliant  polish         -  -  ib. 

16.  A  beautiful  polish  for  black  grates        -            -  -  87 

17.  To  make  the  best  plate  powder             -            -  -  ib. 

18.  A  most  superb  way  to  clean  plate         -            -  -  88 

19.  Another  way  to  make  plate  powder,  by  J.  R.  W.  of  London  ib. 

20.  To  clean  any  kind  of  plated  articles  whatever  -  89 

21.  To  clean  japanned  tea  and  coffee  urns              -  -  90 

22.  To  preserve  iron  or  steel  from  rust        -            -    .  -  ib. 

23.  To  take  rust  off  steel                  -            -            -  -  ,  ib. 

24.  To  blacken  the  front  of  stone  chimney  pieces  -  91 

25.  An  excellent  composition  to  blacken  stove  grates  -  ib. 

26.  To  clean  mirrors  or  large  looking  glasses        -  -  .  92 

27.  To  make  a  beautiful  black  varnish        -            -  -  ,  ib. 

28.  To  give  silver  a  beautiful  polish  -  -  -     >  '  ib. 

29.  An  excellent  mastick  for  mending  China  and  glass  98 

30.  A  wash  to  revive  old  deeds  or  other  writings  -  ib. 

31.  An  excellent  wash  to  keep  flies  from  pictures  or  furniture  ib. 

32.  To  remove  flies  from  rooms      -            -            .  -  94 

33.  To  render  old  pictures  as  fine  as  new                -  -  ib. 

34.  A  varnish  that  suits  all  kinds  of  pictures  and  prints  -  ib. 
3,5.  To  take  ink  spots  out  of  mahogfan^     ^           ■?  ^  93 


Vll 

Pose. 

36.  A  most  delicious  salad  sauce,  by  J.  R.W.        -  -  95 

37.  A  great  secret  toinix  mustard,  by  H.  B.  London        -  ib. 

38.  To  extract  oil  from  boards        -  -  -  -  96 

39.  To  colour  any  kind  of  liquor  -  -  -  ib. 

40.  To  make  liquid  currant  jam  of  the  first  quality  -  97 

41.  A  secret  to  remove  all  kind  of  spots  on  silk  or  cotton  ib, 

42.  To  make  all  kinds  of  syrups  of  all  kinds  of  flowers        -  ib. 

43.  To  make  excellent  currant  jelly  -  -  -  98 

44.  A  most  delicious  lemonade,to  be  made  a  day  before  wanted  ib. 

45.  Lemonade  that  has  the  appearance  and  flavour  of  jelly  99 

46.  To  make  raspberrj'  vinegar,  most  delicious  -  ib. 

47.  To  make  the  best  wine  vinegar  in  one  hour  -  100 

48.  An  excellent  preparation  for  vinegar  -  -  ib. 

49.  A  dry  portalile  vinegar,  or  vinaigre  en  poudre  101 

50.  To  turn  good  wine  into  vinegar  in  three  hours  -  ib. 

51.  To  restore  that  same  wine  to  its  former  taste                 -  ib. 
62.  To  correct  a  bad  taste  or  sourness  in  wine      -            -  102 

53.  To  preserve  good  wine  unto  the  last  -  -  ib-. 

54.  To  recover  persons  from  intoxication  -  -  ib.    . 

65.  To  make  raspberry,strawberry,cherry  and  all  kind  of  waters   ib. 

66.  Lemonade  water  of  a  most  delicious  flavour  -  103 

67.  Another  excellent  lemonade,  by  R.  R.  -  -  ib. 

68.  To  whiten  ivory  that  has  been  spoiled  -  -  ib. 

69.  A  cooling  cinnamon  water  in  hot  weather         -  -  104 

60.  An  excellent  good  ratifia,  by  F.  N.        -  -  -  ib, 

61.  A  strong  aniseed  water  .  -  .  .  105 

62.  To  take  off" spots  of  any  sort,  from  any  kind  of  cloth  ib. 

63.  A  great  secret  against  oil  spots,  &c.  -  -  ib. 

64.  To  restore  carpe'o  to  their  first  bloom              -            -  106 
€5.  To  restore  tapestries  to  their  former  brightness            -  ib. 

66.  To  revive  ihe  colour  of  cloth  -  -  -  ib. 

67.  To  take  spots  out  of  white  cloth,  &c.  -  -  107. 

68.  A  composition  of  soap  that  will  take  out  all  sorts  of  spots  ib. 

69.  Turkish  cement  for  joining  all  metals,  glass,  china,  &c.  108 

70.  To  preserve  the  brightness  of  fire  arms,  &c.  '-  ib. 

71.  To  remove  ink  stains  from  cloth,  plaid,  silk,  worsted,&c.  ib. 

72.  To  preserve  milk  for  sea  that  will  keep  for  six  months  109 

73.  To  preserve  apples  for  the  year  round  -  -  ib. 

74.  To  loosen  stoppers  that  are  congealed  in  decanters  110 
76.  To  take  stains  out  of  black  cloth,  silk,  or  crape            -  ib. 

76,  To  know  whether  a  bed  is  damp  or  not,  when  travelling  110 


77.  To  make  the  best  ginger  beer 

78.  To  make  excellent  spruce  beer 

79.  To  make  a  beautiful  flavoured  punch 

80.  To  cement  any  kind  of  broken  glass 

81.  A  black  varnish  for  straw  or  chip  hats 

82.  Blacking  for  harness  that  will  not  injure  leather 

83.  To  make  a  strong  paste  for  paper 

84.  A  water  that  gilds  copper  and  bronze 

85.  A  wash  for  gold,  silver,  silk,or  any  other  kind  of  embroidery 

86.  To  make  iron  as  beautiful  and  white  as  silver 

87.  To  preserve  furs  or  woollen  clothes  from  moths 

88.  To  dye  gloves  so  as  to  look  like  York  tan 

89.  To  reform  those  who  are  given  to  drink 

90.  To  prevent  the  breath  from  smelling,  after  liquor 

91.  A  wash  to  give  lustre  to  the  face 

92.  A  wash  for  the  hair,  most  superb 

93.  Excellent  paste  for  the  skin 

94.  A  beautiful  corn  poultice 

95.  To  make  the  best  corn  plaster 

96.  A  safe  liquid  to  turn  red  hair  black     - 

97.  To  refine  cider  for  one  barrel 

98.  To  clarify  strong  or  table  beer,  or  ale 

99.  A  cheap  and  wholesome  beer         -    - 

100.  Excellent  jumble  beer 

101.  To  make  excellent  ginger  beer,  for  ten  gallons 

102.  A  wash  to  give  a  brilliant  lustre  to  plate 

103.  Water-proof  varnish  of  the  first  quality 

104.  Chinese  varnish  for  miniature  painting 

105.  To  make  a  cement  for  bottles 
Directions  for  putting  dishes  on  table 
Directions  for  placing  all  kinds  of  joints,  fowls,  fish, 
Directions  for  carving 
Going  to  market  -  -  - 
How  to  choose  poultry         •            -  " 
How  to  choose  fish                -            -  " 
A  few  observations  to  cooks,' &c. 
A  word  to  heads  of  families 
Directions  to  make  a  fire  of  Lehigh  coal 
Miscellaneous  observations  ibr  the  use  of  housekeepers 
How  to  keep  vegetables,  meat,  bread,  &c. 
How  to  keep  apples,  sweet  herbs,  &c. 
To  preserve  blankets  from  moths 


Page. 

Ill 

ib. 

ib. 

112 

ib. 

ib. 

113 

ib. 

ib. 

114 

ib. 

ib. 

115 

ib. 

ib. 

116 

ib. 

ib. 

ib. 

117 

ib, 

ib. 

ib. 

118 

ib. 

ib. 

119 

ib. 

ib. 

120 

&c.  on  table   121 

122 


130 
135 
137 
138 
154 
169 
173 
ib. 
174 
174, 179 


xia-TiLO]>YrcTioir. 


In  the  first  place,  T  shall  address  myself  to  mj 
young  friends  Joseph  and  David,  as  they  are  now 
about  entering  into  gentlemen's  service,  which  they 
will  find  in  course  of  time  a  very  critical  station 
for  them  to  fulfil  in  its  proper  order;  therefore  I 
most  sincerely  intreat  them  to  practise  and  study 
these  few  directions  and  observations,  which  I  have 
laid  down  in  the  following  pages,  for  their  benefit 
and  instruction,  likewise  for  the  benefit  of  those 
families  whom  they  may  have  the  honour  to  serve. 
~  Besides  there  are  many  young  men  who  are  in 
good  situations  at  present,  but  who  oftentimes  are 
deficient  of  several  of  those  branches  that  are 
requisite  for  a  perfect  servant  to  understand;  I 
therefore  have  a  sincere  wish  to  serve  all  those  who 
are  in  that  capacity  of  earning  an  honest  living,  and 
perhaps  are  not  perfect  in  the  several  branches  of 
their  business,  which  in  this  station  they  are  expect- 
ed to  perform  without  being  ordered  by  the  lady 
of  the  family.  There  are  many  young  men  who 
live  out  in  families,  who,  I  am  sorry  to  say,  do  not 
know  how  to  begin  their  work  in  proper  order  un> 
less  being  drove  by  the  lady  of  the  family,  from 
one  thing  to  another,  which  keeps  them  continually 
in  a  bustle  and  their  work  is  never  done. 

There  is  no  servant  that  can  keep  from  being  in 

a  state  of  confusion,  that  has  not  a  regular  rule  for 

his  work,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  how  disagreeable 

it  must  be  for  the  lady,  who  has  to  tell  them  every 

2 


thing  that  she  wants  to  be  done.  It  was  merely 
for  this  idea,  that  the  author  of  this  took  in  hand 
to  laj  before  the  public  those  general  rules  and 
directions  for  servants  to  go  by  as  shall  give  satis- 
faction to  their  employers,  and  gain  a  good  repu- 
tation for  themselves.  And  it  is  my  most  earnest 
wish  to  give  to  the  utmost  extent  of  my  power, 
every  instruction  that  it  requisite  for  a  house 
servant  to  understand. 

Now,  my  young  friends,  you  must  consider  that 
to  live  in  a  gentleman's  family  as  a  house  servant  is 
a  station  that  will  seem  wholly  different  from  any 
thing,  I  presume,  that  ever  you  have  been  acquaint- 
ed with;  this  station  of  life  comprises  comforts, 
privileges,  and  pleasures,  which  are  to  be  found  in 
but  few  other  stations  in  which  you  may  enter; 
and  on  the  other  hand,  many  difficulties,  trials  of 
temper,  &c.,  more  perhaps  than  in  any  other  sta- 
tion in  which  you  might  enter,  in  a  different  state 
of  life.  Therefore,  my  young  friends,  when  you 
hire  yourself  to  a  lady  or  gentleman,  your  time  or 
your  ability  is  no  longer  your  own,  but  your  em- 
ployer's :  therefore  they  have  a  claim  on  them 
whenever  they  choose  to  call  for  them:  and  my 
sincere  advice  to  you  is,  always  to  study  to  give 
general  satisfaction  to  your  employers,  and  by  so 
doing  you  are  sure  to  gain  credit  for  yourself. 

Now,  Joseph,  I  am  going  to  make  a  few  obser- 
vations to  you. — In  the  first  place,  my  young  friend, 
the  various  stations  of  life  are  appointed  by  that 
Supreme  Being,  who  is  the  giver  of  all  goodness  ; 
therefore  every  station  that  he  allows  us  to  fulfil, 
is  useful  and  honourable  in  their  different  degrees  : 
for  instance,  we  find  from  history  and'  holy  writ, 
that  domestic  servants  have  frequently  been  intrust- 


ed  with  matters  of  the  greatest  importance  to  their 
employers.  Of  this  we  have  a  memorable  instance 
of  3'^our  namesake  Joseph,  who  was  sold  by  his 
brethren  to  the  Ishmaelites,  and  bought  by  Poti- 
phar  to  be  his  domestic  servant,  and  in  this  capa- 
city Joseph  acquitted  himself  with  honesty  and  in- 
tegrity, and  his  master  saw  that  the  Lord  was  with 
him,  and  that  the  Lord  prospered  all  that  was 
about  him;  and  the  Lord  blessed  the  Egyptian's 
house  for  Joseph's  sake.  And  he  left  all  that  he 
had  in  Joseph's  care,  and  he  knew  not  aught  he 
had,  save  the  bread  that  he  did  eat. — Genesis, 
chapter  39th.  I  might  mention  in  another  instance, 
the  fidelity  of  Mordecai,  who,  in  his  capacity  as  a 
porter  to  King  Ahasuerus,  saved  that  monarch 
from  the  violent  hands  of  his  two  chamberlains. 

Happy,my3'oung  friends,  are  those  families  that 
have  servants  who  study  the  comfort  and  welfare 
of  their  employers,  and  who  in  return  do  the  same 
by  them  !  The  kind  admonitions  of  a  good  and  af- 
fectionate mistress  or  master  should  always  be  lis- 
tened to  with  respect  and  obedience,  for  the  wise 
man  saith,  "As  an  ear-ring  of  gold,  so  is  a  wise  re- 
proof upon  an  obedient  ear." — Proverbs  xxiv.  12. 
In  the  next  place,  my  young  friends, you  may  per- 
haps find  a  mar^ter  or  mistress  vi'ho  may  act  un- 
kindly and  unjustly  towards  you,  as  Laban  did  to 
Jacob  his  servant  and  son-in-law  ;  but  if  you  do 
your  duty  honestly  and  faithfully,  depend  on  it  that 
you  will  be  more  happy  in  your  integrity  than  your 
employers  can  be  in  their  injustice;  for  it  is  much 
better  to  be  oppressed  than  to  stand  in  the  place 
of  the  oppressor ;  for  patience  is  very  acceptable 
in  the  sight  of  God,  and  in  due  time  will  be  reward- 
ed, because  God  hath  promised  that  it  shall  be  so; 


and  when  have  his  promises  failed  ?  Jacob's  master 
shifted  and  shuffled  him  about  for  twenty  years  5 
and  changed  his  wages  ten  different  times,  yet  the 
Lord  blessed  the  honest  and  upright  servant,  be- 
cause he  had  done  that  which  was  just,  between 
his  master  and  himself.  Let  those  considerations, 
my  young  friends,  ever  stimulate  your  minds  to 
truth  and  faithfulness,  in  all  your  situations  through 
life,  and  God  will  guide  and  prosper  you  in  all 
your  undertakings. 

I  know  there  are  many  temptations  to  lead 
young  men  to  their  ruin  ;  bul  you  should  be  very 
cautious  of  what  company  you  keep.  How  many 
young  men  in  our  station  of  life  have  come  to  their 
ruin  by  keeping  bad  company,  and  neglecting  the 
business  of  their  employers;  so,  my  young  friends, 
I  tell  ye  to  beware  of  all  bad  habits,  such  as  drink- 
ing, gambling,  swearing,  telling  falsehoods,  and 
ivasting  your  time  when  sent  out  on  the  business 
of  your  employers  ;  for  this  is  not  your  time  you 
spend,  but  your  employer's,  for  all  your  time  be- 
longs to  them. 

Remember,  my  young  friends,  that  your  char-» 
acter  is  your  whole  fortune  through  life;  therefore 
you  must  watch  over  it  incessantly,  to  keep  it  from 
blemish  or  stain  ;  for  without  character  it  is  useless 
lo  seek  after  any  respectable  service  whatever. 
Nor  can  1  wonder  at  ladies  and  gentlemen  for  the 
minute  inquiries  that  they  make,  in  every  point,  of 
a  stranger's  character.  How  many  instances  have 
we  all  heard  of  masters  being  robbed  by  dishonest 
servants,  and  their  very  existence  exposed  to  immi- 
nent danger  through  evil  connexions  being  formed, 
unknown  to  them,  by  the  inmates  of  their  house. 
Remember  also,   that  if  you  keep  company  with 


those  whose  character  is  not  of  the  best,  your  char- 
acter will  be  censured  as  much  in  a  manner  as 
though  you  were  as  bad  as  themselves;  for  our 
good  Saint  Paul  says,  that  evil  communications 
corrupt  good  manners; — for  the  wicked  favour  the 
wicked,  and  the  good  favour  the  good  ;  neither 
flatter  any  body,  nor  suffer  any  one  to  flatter  thee. 

There  are  a  iew  more  things  which  I  shall  cau- 
tion you  against.  Remember  always  to  govern 
thy  tongue  and  passions,  when  thou  art  angry  with 
any  person;  for  anger  will  hurt  you  more  than  in- 
jury ;  and  my  kind  advice  to  you  is,  never  to  be  a 
slave  to  passion.  JBesides,  the  law  of  nature  for- 
bids us  to  do  injury  to  one  another;  God  hath  giv- 
en nothing  to  man  which  can  be  compared  to  rea- 
son and  wisdom.  Always  strive  to  relieve  those  who 
are  in  distress,  if  it  is  in  your  power,  for  the  chris- 
tian religion  not  only  commands  us  to  help  our 
friends,  but  to  relieve  our  greatest  enemies;  for  so 
we  shall  make  them  our  friends ;  and  shall  pro- 
mote love,  and  kindness, peace  and  good  will  among 
men.  It  concerns  all  men  to  help  the  miserable. 
It  is  the  property  of  a  little  mind  to  flatter  the  rich  ; 
for  flattery  can  hurt  nobody  but  whom  it  pleases. 
The  desire  of  riches,  glory,  and  pleasure,  are  dis- 
eases of  the  mind  ;  but  the  power  of  honesty  is  so 
great,  that  we  should  love  it  even  in  our  greatest 
enemy.  Virtue  procures  and  preserves  friendship, 
but  vice  produceth  hatred  and  quarrels. 

Now,  my  young  friends,  Joseph  and  David,  I 
again  for  the  last  time  most  sincerely  intreat  you 
both  to  devote  your  attention  to  the  following  pages, 
in  which  I  have  laid  down  such  rules  and  regula- 
tions for  the  convenience  of  your  work,  and  the  ful- 
filment of  your  several  duties  to  your  employers, 
2* 


as  from  my  own  long  experience  as  a  house  servant 
in  some  of  the  first  families  in  England,  France, 
and  America,  will  prove  very  beneficial  to  you  and 
the  public.  Not  that  I  mean  to  offer  them  as  a  fix- 
ed standard;  because  almost  every  family  differs 
in  the  execution  of  their  domestic  affairs,  and  it  is 
the  duty  of  a  good  servant  to  do  things  in  that  way 
that  his  employers  like  best.  But  my  idea  of  pub- 
lishing this  was  for  a  general  guide,  and  to  afford 
an  insight  into  matters  connected  with  gentle- 
men's families;  and  I  have  always  found  those  ar- 
rangements, which  1  have  prescribed  in  the  follow- 
ing pages,  very  satisfactorj'  to  those  ladies  and  gen- 
tlemen whom  I  have  had  the  honour  to  serve. 
But  it  is  true,  I  have  had  many  difficulties  and  trials 
of  temper  to  encounter;  but  I  have  always  viewed 
them  as  appointed  by  that  Supreme  Being  whose 
goodness  is  ever  bestowed  upon  those  who  bear 
every  trial  and  difficulty  with  patience  and  obedi- 
ence. 

My  young  friends,  I  hope  you  will  pardon  me 
for  dwelling  so  long  on  these  subjects  ;  but  many, 
very  many,  have  I  known  whose  prospects  in 
early  life,  and  all  their  enjoyments,  have  been  blast- 
ed by  not  attending  to  good  advice.  How  many 
have  we  seen  going  about  the  city,  like  vagabonds, 
diseased  in  mind  and  body,  and  mere  outcasts' 
from  all  respectable  society^  and  a  burthen  to  them- 
selves, therefore  I  sincerely  wish  that  my  young 
friends  may  fulfil  their  several  duties  with  honesty, 
integrity,  and  due  respect  to  their  employers  and  fel- 
low servants  in  general ;  and  I  shall  now  conclude 
my  general  exhortations  for  your  welfare,and  enter 
on  the  particular  statements  respecting  your  do- 
mestic duties,  &c. 


HOUSE  SERVAJVT'S 
DIRECTORY,  &c, 


THE  BENEFIT  OF  EARLY  RISING  TO 
SERVANTS. 

In  order  to  get  through  your  work  in  proper 
time,  you  should  make  it  your  chief  study  to  rise 
early  in  the  morning ;  for  an  hour  before  the  fam- 
ily rises  is  worth  more  to  you  than  two  after  they 
are  up ;  for  in  this  time  you  can  get  through  the 
dirtiest  part  of  the  work,  which  you  cannot  well  do 
after  the  family  rises  ;  for  then  you  always  are  lia- 
ble to  interruption  ;  therefore  by  havinig  the  dirtiest 
part  of  your  work  executed,  it  will  prove  a  very 
great  comfort  to  you.  As  there  is  nothing  more 
disagreeable  than  to  run  about  with  dirty  hands  and 
dirty  clothes;  and  this  must  inevitably  be  the  case 
if  you  defer  this  part  of  your  work  untill  every 
body  is  stirring  and  bustling  about. 

In  the  next  place,  you  must  have  a  proper  dress 
for  doing  your  dirty  work  in ;  for  you  should  never 
attempt  to  wait  on  the  family  in  the  clothes  that  you 
clean  your  boots,  shoes,  knives,  and  lamps  in  ;  for 
the  dress  that  you  wear  to  do  this  part  of  your 
work  is  not  iit  to  wait  in,  on  ladies  and  gentlemen. 


16 

There  is  no  class  of  people  to  whom  cleanliness 
of  person  and  attire  is  of  more  importance  than  to 
servants  in  genteel  families.  There  are  many  ser- 
vants, whom  I  have  been  eye  witness  to,  through 
negligence  as  I  must  call  it,  who  are  a  disgrace  to 
the  family  that  they  live  with,  as  well  as  to  them- 
selves, by  appearing  in  their  dirty  clothes  at  a  time 
of  day  that  they  should  have  all  the  dirtiest  part  of 
their  work  done.  Every  man  that  lives  in  this  ca- 
pacity should  have  a  sufficient  quantity  of  clothes 
to  appear  aUvaj'^s  neat  and  respectable ;  both  for 
his  own  credit,  and  for  the  credit  of  the  family  he 
serves ;  therefore  I  shall  give  you  a  few  hints  on 
what  clothes  are  suitable  for  his  different  work.  In 
the  first  place  for  doing  your  dirty  work,  you 
should  have  you  a  round-a-bout  jacket  of  a  dark 
colour,  with  overalls,  or  loose  trowsers,  of  the  same 
colour,  with  a  vest,  and  a  cap  of  some  description  to 
keep  the  dust  from  your  hair,  with  a  green  baize 
apron.  This  is  a  very  suitable  habiliment  for  your 
morning's  work,  that  is,  before  the  family  come 
down  to  breakfast ;  at  which  time  you  should  have 
on  a  clean  shirt  collar  and  cravat,  with  a  clean 
round  jacket,  white  linen  apron  and  clean  shoes, 
with  your  hair  neatly  combed  out.  This  is  a  most 
neat  and  clean  attire  for  serving  breakfasts.  You 
must  always  make  your  calculations  what  time  it 
may  take  to  get  through  your  v/ork,  so  as  to  clean 
yourself  for  breakfast. 

In  the  next  place,  I  shall  give  you  some  direc- 
tions on  your  dress  for  dinner.  You  should  make 
it  a  general  rule  always  to  have  a  good  suit  of 
clothes  or  two,  for  attending  at  dinner,  as  a  servant 
should  always  at  this  time  look  neat  and  tidy,  but 
not  foppish ;  what  I  mean  by  being  foppish  is,  to 


17 

wear  a  great  bunch  of  seals  to  your  watch,  and  a 
great  pin  sticking  out  of  your  bosom.  There  is 
nothing  looks  more  ridiculous  than  to  see  a  ser- 
vant puff  out  above  bis  ability  ;  it  really  pu\s  me 
in  mind  of  the  fable  of  tlie  frog  and  the  ox  ;  there 
are  many,  I  know,  who  never  think  of  lading  by  a 
little  sum  of  money  against  the  time  of  need,  but 
spend  it  all,  as  fast  as  they  earn  it,  on  fine  dress. 
I  never  find  fault  with  a  man  for  dressing  neat 
and  plain  ;.  but  to  go  beyond  extremes  is  ridicu- 
lous; you  should  always  have  a  good  suit  for  din- 
ner, and  I  shall  here  give  you  a  few  hints  on  a 
suit  which  is  very  genteel  and  becoming.  For  the 
winter  season  you  should  have  comfortable  cloth- 
ing, such  as  a  good  superfine  blue  body  coat,  blue 
cassimere  trowsers,  and  a  yellow  cassimere  vest. 
This  is  a  very  neat  and  becoming  dress  to  wait  on 
dinner.  You  should  have  at  least  two  or  three 
suits  of  light  clothes  for  the  summer  season  ;  as 
they  require  to  be  changed  once  or  twice  per 
week,  if  they  are  light  coloured  ;  but  black  bom- 
bazine is  preferable. 


CLEANING  BOOTS  AND  SHOES. 

As  these  things  are  often  wanted  in  a  hurry, 
therefore  you  should  always  have  them  in  readi- 
ness, if  possible.  In  this  operation,  you  should  al- 
ways have  good  brushes  and  good  blacking.  These 
are  implements  that  are  indispensably  necessary  ; 
without  which,  no  credit  will  be  given  to  the  opera- 
tor. In  the  first  place  you  must  remove  all  the  dirt 
from  your  boots  or  shoes,  with  your  hard  brush. 


18 

When  perfectly  clean  you  must  stir  upyour  black- 
ing with  a  stick,  then  apply  a  little  on  your  black 
brush,  and  apply  it  lightly  and  smoothly  over  your 
boots  or-  shoes,  then  apply  your  polishing  brush 
quick  and  lightly  over  them,  and  in  a  few  minutes 
you  will  have  a  beautiful  polish.  Should  any  brown 
spots  appear,  which  often  do,  by  not  putting  on 
the  blacking'even,  then  apply  your  blacking  brush 
lightly  over  it  a  second  time,  and  by  this  process 
you  will  have  a  beautiful  polish. 

When  you  have  ladies'  shoes  to  clean,  be  very 
clean  and  careful  about  them.  As  the  linings  are 
generally  white,  you  must  have  clean  hands,  as 
the  lining  is  apt  to  get  soiled  ;  some  of  these  shoes 
are  cleaned  with  milk,  or  the  whites  of  eggs,  such 
as  Morocco,  or  any  kind  of  glazed  leather  what- 
ever. You  must  apply  the  mixture  with  a  sponge, 
and  lay  them  before  the  fire  or  in  the  sun  to  dry  ; 
then  take  a  soft  brush,  or  a  silk  handkerchief ; 
this  will  give  them  a  fine  polish. 

You  will  find  it  necessarj'',  once  in  a  while,  to 
grease  gentlemen's  boots  and  shoes,  especially  in 
winter  time,  as  the  leather  is  apt  to  crack  with  the 
wet  and  cold.  You  will  find,  by  referring  to  the 
Index,  full  directions  for  rendering  boots  and  shoes 
perfectly  water  proof.  I  therefore  proceed  to  the 
next  branch  of  work  that  is  requisite  to  get  out  of 
the  way  as  early  in  the  morning  as  possible. 


CLEANING  KNIVES. 

This  is  another  branch  of  work  that  requires  the 
greatest  care  and  attention,  as  your  best  knives 


19 

generally  have  to  bear  the  inspection  of  a  numbef 
of  tasteful  eyes  during  the  course  of  dinner.  Eve- 
ry servant  should  see  that  he  has  proper  utensils 
to  do  his  work  with,  as  you  cannot  expect  to  do 
your  work  in  proper  order,  if  you  have  not  the 
means  to  acconaplish  it  with.  How  manj^  good 
things  are  spoilt  through  bad  management  of  the 
man,  and  the  want  of  convenient  tools  to  work 
with.  Now,  in  order  to  clean  knives  and  forks 
well,  you  must  get  you  a  soft  pine  plank  or  board  : 
let  it  be  free  from  knots,  and  about  six  feet  long  ; 
have  feet  or  standers  under  it,  so  as  to  raise  it  ex- 
actly to  the  height  of  j^our  hips,  as  this  is  the  pro- 
portion for  you  to  bear  a  regular  pressure  on 
your  knives  ;  then  have  you  a  good  soft  Bristol 
brick,  and  rub  it  a  few  times  up  and  down  your 
board,  then  take  a  knife  in  each  hand  and  stand 
opposite  the  centre  of  the  board,  with  the  backs 
of  the  knives  towards  the  palms  of  your  hands, 
then  expand  your  arms,  keeping  the  blades  level 
on  the  board,  with  a  quick  motion  draw  your 
hands  to  and  from  you,  frequently  looking  at  the 
side  you  are  scouring,  to  see  when  clean.  Do 
not  lean  too  heavy  on  the  blades  for  fear  of  break- 
ing them,  in  this  mode  you  will  soon  grow  tracta- 
ble, and  will  shortly  be  able  to  clean  two  dozen 
where  you  would  only  clean  one  dozen  by  taking 
one  knife  at  a  time,  and  scouring  it  with  your  one 
hand.  A  good  set  of  knives  is  a  valuable  thing, 
and  soon  spoiled  if  not  properly  taken  care  of  by 
the  man  who  has  the  charge  of  them.  There  is 
no  branch  of  a  servant's  business  that  will  gain 
more  credit  for  him,  from  ladies  of  taste,  than 
keeping  his  knives  and  forks  in  primo  bono;  as 
they  have  many  spectators. 


20 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  CLEANING  STEEL  FORKS. 

The  best  method  of  cleaning  steel  forks,  is  to 
have  a  deep  box  or  a  small  keg,  the  latter  is  pre- 
ferable ;  fill  it  with  fine  sand  and  chopped  hay  or 
Straw,  either  will  answer  the  purpose.  To  do  this 
perfectly,  put  some  of  your  hay  into  the  bottom  of 
your  keg,  then  put  in  some  sand,  and  so  on,  until 
it  is  quite  full,  then  press  it  close  down,  and  wet  it 
with  water,  to  keep  it  damp,  as  it  will  have  more 
effect  in  taking  the  black  from  off  the  prongs,  as 
forks  often  are  very  black  and  hard  to  clean,  af- 
ter having  been  used  in  acids,  &c. 

When  you  clean  them,  take  two  in  each  hand, 
and  stab  them  several  times  in  the  sand,  and  so 
on,  until  you  have  them  all  done  ;  then  have  an 
old  hard  brush  for  the  purpose  of  brushing  the 
sand  from  between  the  prongs  ;  likewise  have  a 
piece  of  buckskin,  or  an  old  glove,  to  polish  them 
off  with.  This  is  the  true  and  best  method  of 
cleaning  steel  forks. 

Now  1  shall  give  you  directions  for  cleaning  the 
handles  of  your  knives  and  forks,  after  the  blades 
and  prongs  have  all  been  cleaned.  In  the  first 
place  take  a  towel  and  immerse  it  in  water,  then 
wring  it  out  all  but  dry  ;  hold  this  towel  in  your 
right  hand,  with  a  dry  knife  towel  in  the  left,  to 
wipe  the  blade.  When  you  have  them  all  done, 
then  give  them  a  light  rub  over  with  a  dry  towel, 
including  handles,  &c.  Should  you  have  silver 
knives,  you  may  clean  them  with  a  little  gin  and 
whiting  mixed  together,  and  rubbed  over  the  han- 
dles when  dry  ;  if  the  handles  be  fluted,  you  must 


21 

brush  them  with  your  plate  brush,  and  polish  with 
your  shamois,or,as  it  is  pronounced,shammy  leather. 
My  young  friend,  1  have  always  been  thus  par- 
ticular about  my  knives  and  forks,  because  they 
are  things  that,  from  the  appearance  of  which,  not 
only  the  lady  and  gentleman  of  the  familj'  but  ev- 
ery onethat  sits  down  at  table,  forms  an  opinion  of 
the  cleanliness  and  good  management  of  the  ser- 
vant to  whose  care  they  are  intrusted  ;  and  I  sin- 
cerely wish  thatyou  may  gain  the  same  approbation. 


TRIMMING  AND  CLEANING  LAMPS. 

Lamps  are  now  so  much  in  use  for  drawing- 
rooms,  dining-rooms,  and  entries,  that  it  is  a  very 
important  part  of  a  servant's  work  to  keep  them  in 
perfect  order,  so  as  to  show  good  light.  I  have 
been  in  some  houses  where  the  rooms  Were  almost 
filled  with  smoke  and  stench  of  the  oil,  and  the 
glasses  of  the  lamps  clouded  with  dust  and  smoke, 
from  the  cottons  being  uneven,  or  up  too  high  ; 
this  is  a  very  disagreeable  thin^  indeed.  But  it  is 
not  always  a  servant's  fault,  for,  unless  there  is 
good  oil,  and  plenty  of  it  allowed  to  the  man,  it  is 
impossible  for  them  to  burn  well.  But  it  is  a  man's 
fault  if  they  are  dirty,  or  not  in  good  order  :  and 
to  remedy  this  disaster,  when  you  first  hire  with, 
a  family,  let  it  be  your  first  object  to  examine  all 
your  lamps  and  see  that  they  are  all  in  order  ;  and 
if  not,  let  your  employers  know  immediately,  that 
is,  if  they  are  so  bad  that  you  cannot  remedy  them 
yourself,  in  which  case  they  should  be  taken  to 
some  mechanist  to  be  put  in  good  order  immediately. 
3 


22 

When  you  have  them  in  perfect  order,  by  a  little 
care  and  attention  you  can  have  very  little  trouble 
with  them  aftervvards,  in  giving  them  a  proper  and 
thorough  cleaning,  which  you  should  do  at  least 
once  a  fortnight.  When  you  do  this,  take  two  or 
three  quarts  of  soft  boiling  water,  put  into  it  two  or 
three  teaspoonsfuU  of  pearl  ashes,  then  empty 
your  lamps,  and  take  them  all  to  pieces,  observing 
where  each  particle  belongs,  that  you  may  have 
no  trouble  in  putting  them  together  again.  When 
you  have  them  apart,  first  fill  the  cistern,  that  part 
which  holds  the  oil,  with  this  boiling  water,  and 
then  shake  it  well  ;  don't  empty  it  into  the  rest  of 
your  water,  for  it  will  make  it  dirty.  After  this, 
if  there  should  be  any  gum  about  them,  scrape  it 
off  with  an  old  knife,  then  put  it  into  the  tub  which 
contains  the  rest  of  your  water,  and  wash  it  well 
with  a  piece  of  old  linen,  which  you  must  have  for 
that  purpose,  with  all  the  other  parts  likewise. 
When  you  have  this  all  done,  wipe  them  dry  and 
put  them  before  the  fire  or  in  the  sun  to  dry  ;  and 
when  you  have  put  them  together,  give  them  a 
good  polish  with  a  fine  cloth  or  silk  handkerchief. 

You  should  wash  your  lamp  glasses  every 
morning,  when  you  are  washing  your  glass  or 
breakfast  things,  and  put  them  by  in  their  proper 
place  until  they  are  wanted. 

You  should  always  have  a  clean  towel  when  you 
are  lighting  your  lamps,  in  order  to  dust  your 
lamp  glasses  before  you  put  them  on,  as  they  will 
show  much  better  light. 

When  you  are  cleaning  or  trimming  your  lamps 
in  the  morning,  you  should  be  very  particular  in 
emptying  the  dripper,  or  that  part  of  the  lamp  that 
holds  the  droppings  ;    for  if  this  part  is  not  kept 


23 

clean  to  admit  the  air,  the  lamp  will  never  burn 
well.  You  must  likewise  keep  your  lamp  wicks  in 
a  dry  place,  this  you  may  do  by  having  a  drawer, 
which  you  may  keep  for  this  purpose.  When  you 
put  on  fresh  cottons,  you  must  be  very  careful  to 
put  them  on  the  thimble  quite  even.  And  likewise 
see  that  they  fit  exactly,  or  the  cotton  will  slip 
from  ofFthe  thimble  when  you  go  to  raise  it.  You 
should  never  cut  your  cottons  with  scissors  ;  it  is 
much  the  best  way  to  let  down  your  oil,  and  light 
the  cotton  ;  when  it  burns  a  little  so  as  to  be  even, 
blow  it  out,  and  rub  off  the  snufF  with  a  piece  of 
paper  even  with  the  burner  or  socket,  which  con- 
tains the  wick.  You  should  always  use  wax  ta- 
pers for  lighting  lamps,  as  paper  generally  flies 
about  and  makes  dirt. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  CLEANING  PLATE. 

This  is  another  part  of  a  house  servant's  work, 
which  requires  particular  care,  and  the  greatest 
attention.  Many  are  the  waj^s  that  are  practised 
in  cleaning  'u,  by  diflferent  servants,  every  one 
thinks  his  own  way  the  best,  and  many  times  the 
plate  is  injured,  by  different  servants,  trying  differ- 
ent experiments  on  it  ;  but  1  shall  give  you,  in  the 
index  of  this  book,  two  of  the  best  recipes  for 
making  plate  powder,  that  is  used  by  one  of  the 
best  silversmiths  in  London.  Before  you  clean 
your  plate  with  this  powder,  you  must  wash  it 
well  in  a  quantity  of  hot  suds,  that  there  be  no 
grease  left  on  it,  for  you  never  can  clean  plate  in 


24 

a  proper  manner  if  it  is  greasy.  You  may  use  eith- 
er of  these  plate  powders  wet  or  dry.  If  your  plate 
be  very  dirty  I  should  recommend  it  wet.  To 
mix  it  wet,  take  some  of  your  powder  and  wet  it 
■with  spirits  of  wine  to  the  consistency  of  cream, 
then  take  a  piece  of  fine  soft  sponge  that  is  free 
from  grit  or  dirt  of  any  kind  whatever,  dip  it  in 
this  mixture,  then  squeeze  it  a  little  so  as  you  will 
not  waste  it,  then  apply  it  quick  and  even  all  over 
your  plate  :  do  not  rub  over  too  much  at  a  time, 
as  it  ought  to  be  polished  before  it  gets  too  dry. 

To  polish  your  plate,  you  should  have  some  soft 
linen  rags  or  cloths  to  rub  off  the  mixture,  and 
then  polish  them  off  with  your  shammy  leather. 
When  3'ou  have  dishes,  salvers,  salts,  and  other 
articles  that  are  ornamented,  that  is,  etched  and 
beaded  in  rough  ornamental  work,  you  must  have 
three  good  plate  brushes  ;  one  must  be  hard  as  a 
tooth  brush,  and  another  something  softer,  and  the 
third  quite  soft.  The  hard  brush  is  for  the  rough 
■work,  and  you  must  recollect  never  to  brush  any 
silver  that  is  plain,  with  the  hard  brush,  as  you 
are  sure  to  scratch  it ;  the  soft  brushes  are  for  the 
handles  of  your  silver  knives  and  forks,  which 
generally  want  brushing. 


CLEANING   PLATE   WITH  DRY  PLATE 
POWDER. 

This  gives  plate  a  most  brilliant  lustre,  if  it  is 
only  well  done  ;  and  should  be  rubbed  on  with 
your  naked  hand,  such   as  spoons,  forks,  and  des- 


25 

sert  knives  that  have  silver  blades.  Tlscse  small 
articles  are  cleaned  by  taking  some  of  the  powder 
between  your  finger  and  thumb,  and  the  longer 
you  rub,  the  better  it  will  look  ;  any  article  of 
your  plate  that  is  ornamented,  this  part  may  be 
rubbed  with  a  piece  of  leather  dipped  in  the  plate 
powder,  and  rubbed  quick  and  hard  ;  then  it 
should  be  brushed  with  your  plate  brushes,  as  in 
the  other  directions,  and  polished  off  with  your 
shammy  or  wash  leather;  and  I  will  warrant  your 
plate  to  look  beautiful. 

In  the  next  place  you  must  remember  to  keep 
your  plate  in  a  dry  place,  for  if  you  let  any  arti- 
cles that  are  only  plated,  lay  about  dirty,  or  in  a 
damp  place,  they  are  sure  to  rust  if  plated  on  steel ; 
and  if  plated  on  copper,  they  are  sure  to  canker  3 
therefore  you  should  be  particular,  and  not  leave 
salt  or  acids  of  any  kind  on  plated  ware,  as  it  is 
sure  to  take  off  the  plate,  and  leave  a  stain,  and 
by  rubbing  this  stain,  the  plate  will  rub  off;  by 
•which  means  the  article  is  perfectly  spoiled.  I 
very  well  know  that  there  are  many  articles  of  this 
kind,  that  are  often  spoiled  through  the  neglect  of 
servants,  and  especially  young  hands,  that  hare 
had  no  experience  of  those  things  ;  therefore,  my 
young  friends,  I  have  here  given  you  such  direc- 
tions as  I  trust  will  enable  you  to  keep  your  plate 
in  such  order  as  may  give  general  satisfaction  to 
your  employers,  and  gain  credit  for  yourselves. 

1  shall  point  out  to  you  the  next  part  of  your 
work,  in  the  following  pages. 


CLEANING  SILVER  AND  PLATED  CAN- 
DLESTICKS. 

This  is  another  branch  of  a  house  servant's  bus- 
iness, which  should  command  the  greatest  attention 
and  neatness  ;  as  there  is  nothing  that  adds  more 
to  the  reputation  of  a  servant  than  to  see  his  can- 
dlesticks and  candles  kept  in  good  order.  When 
you  are  about  to  clean  your  silver  or  plated  candle- 
sticks, j'-ou  should  be  very  careful  that  you  do  not 
scratch  them,  therefore  the  best  method  of  clean- 
ing them  is  to  take  some  good  hot  and  strong  soap 
suds,  have  a  piece  of  soft  flannel,  and  immerse  it 
in  the  water  or  suds,  as  hot  as  you  can  bear  your 
hand  in  it;  wash  your  candlesticks  one  at  a  time, 
taking  great  care  not  to  wet  the  green  baize,  which 
is  generally  rosined  to  the  foot  of  the  candlesticks. 
When  washed  clean,  have  some  soft  towels  for  that 
purpose,  and  wipe  them  as  quick  as  you  wash 
them  ;  when  you  have  them  all  finished,  take  your 
shammy  leather,  with  a  little  whiting  dusted  over 
them  with  your  little  muslin  bag,  which  you  must 
have  filled  with  whiting,  for  this  or  other  purposes. 

When  your  candlesticks  are  most  sublimely  fin- 
ished, then  you  must  see  to  your  candles.  You 
should  be  very  particular  to  keep  your  candles  in 
a  clean  cool  place,  as  there  is  nothing  that  looks 
worse,  than  candles  taken  into  the  parlour,  when 
all  over  dust  or  smut.  Be  careful  when  putting  up 
your  candles  into  the  candlesticks,  that  you  do  not 
break  them.  If  they  are  too  large  for  the  sockets, 
scrape  them  down  very  neat  and  even,  so  as  to  fit ; 
and  should  they  be  too   small,  take  some  paper, 


27 

double  it  and  let  it  be  about  an  inch  wide,  wrap 
this  around  the  end  of  your  candle,  so  as  to  fit  the 
socket,  but  don't  let  any  of  the  paper  appear 
above  the  candlestick. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  SETTING  UP  THE 
CANDLES. 

You  should  always  make  it  a  regular  rule  to  set 
up  your  candles  in  the  morning,  and  particularly 
your  chamber  candlesticks,  as  Ihey  are  often  call- 
ed for  in  the  course  of  the  da}',  to  seal  letters,  &c. 
The  others  should  likewise  be  put  up,  and  in  order, 
for  suppose  they  are  called  for  in  a  hurry,  and  at 
a  time  when  you  cannot  find  leisure  to  get  your 
candles  and  set  them  up?  besides,  when  you  are 
in  a  hurry  and  bustle,  you  are  very  apt  to  break 
them,  and  this  causes  great  delay,  and  it  looks 
very  bad  to  see  the  company^  waiting  so  long,  af- 
ter they  have  been  ordered,  and  it  likewise  puts 
yourself  into  a  state  of  confusion,  &c.  Should 
you  have  wax  candles  for  use,  be  careful  and  have 
your  hands  clean,  or  you  will  soil  them.  Before 
you  set  them  up  in  candlesticks,  you  should  rub 
them  with  a  piece  of  soft  paper,  and  dip  the  tops  of 
the  wick  in  spirits  of  wine  ;  this  will  make  them 
easy  to  light. 

There  are  some  servants  that  light  the  candles 
before  they  put  them  up  ;  but  I  do  not  approve  of 
this  plan,  for  you  cannot  light  them  and  blow  them 
out  again,  without  causing  them  to  swale  or  drop 
down  the  sides,  which  makes  them  have  a  bad  ap- 
pearance.     You  should  have  some  wax  tapers  on 


28 

purpose  to  light  your  candles  with,  as  paper  makes 
a  dirt  and  flies  about  the  room  ;  besides  it  gene- 
rally sticks  to  the  candle  and  causes  it  to  burn 
dim.  If  you  have  branches  around  your  drawing- 
room,  and  they  are  to  be  lit  up  when  there  is  a 
party,  you  must  trim  your  wax  candles  most  sub- 
limely, with  some  white  paper  cut  in  the  form  of 
a  rose,  to  go  round  the  end  of  the  candles,  and  fit 
neatly  round  the  socket  of  the  branch  ;  this  looks 
very  well  at  night.  You  should  likewise  have  a 
piece  of  taper  tied  on  the  end  of  a  piece  of  rattan, 
on  purpose  for  lighting  them,  as  it  is  very  awk- 
ward to  bring  steps  into  the  room. 


CLEANING  POLISHED  STEEL  GRATES. 

These,  and  polished  steel  fire  irons,  are  things 
that  require  great  care  and  attention  to  keep  them 
bright  and  free  from  rust ;  I  therefore  shall  give 
you  some  instructions  how  to  keep  them  in  good 
order.  In  the  first  place,  if  the  bright  bars  are 
dirty  and  black,  use  the  following  mixture. 

Take  half  a  pound  of  soft  soap.  Put  it  into  one 
quart  of  soft  water  and  boil  it  down  to  a  pint,  then 
take  some  emery  and  mix  in  a  portion  of  this  li- 
quid. Brush  off  all  the  soot  and  dirt  from  your 
grate,  and  take  a  piece  of  thick  cloth  and  dip  it 
into  the  mixture,  then  rub  quick  and  hard,  and  in 
a  few  minutes  you  will  get  off  all  the  black  and 
dirt.  After  which  take  some  crocus  and  wet 
it  with  N.  E.  rum,  or  gin,  to  the  consistency  of 
paint,  with  a  piece  of  flannel  dipped  into  it,  and 
rub  it  quick   and  hard,  until   the   bars,  &;c.  be- 


29 

come  bright,  then  take  some  old  pieces  of  linen  or 
cotton,  which  you  must  have  for  this  purpose,  and 
rub  all  the  mixture  clean  off.  Then  take  a  piece 
of  leather  and  some  dry  rotten  stone,  and  in  a  few 
minutes  quick  rubbing,  you  will  have  a  beautiful 
polish.  If  your  fire  irons  should  happen  to  get 
rusty,  as  they  often  do  in  damp  weather,  and  es- 
pecially when  there  is  no  fire  in  the  room,  rub 
them  well  over  with  a  piece  of  flannel  dipt  in 
sweet  oil,  then  shake  over  them  some  fresh  slacked 
lime,  and  let  them  lay  for  twenty-four  hours,  or 
more  if  necessary,  in  this  state,  then  take  a  piece 
of  flannel  and  give  them  a  good  rubbing ;  when 
the  lime  and  oil  is  clean  off,  then  use  the  crocus 
and  gin  as  above  directed,  and  polish  off  as  the 
grate.  This  is  a  most  sublime  method  of  polishing 
and  cleaning  all  polished  steel  articles,  &c. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  CLEANING  MAHOGANY 
FURNITURE. 

Another  branch  of  a  house  servant's  business  is 
to  attend  to  ckaning  the  tables,  sideboards,  mahog- 
any chairs,  and  the  parlour  doors,  if  mahogany ; 
likewise  mahogany  trays  and  any  other  article  of 
mahogany  that  is  in  the  parlour  or  drawing  room. 
You  should  pay  a  great  deal  of  attention  to  clean- 
ing furniture,  to  make  it  look  well.  If  your  fur- 
niture be  of  a  dark  colour,  you  should  be  very 
careful  with  what  mixture  you  clean  it  5  but  you 
will  find  directions  for  light  and  dark,  referred  to 
in  the  Index.    When  you  have  cleaned  off  the  dust 


30 

from  your  furniture,  and  when  you  put  on  your 
oil,  or  paste,  put  but  little  on  at  a  time,  rubbing  it 
well  in,  with  a  piece  of  flannel.  You  must  put  it 
on  very  even,  and  rub  very  quick,  and  in  a  short 
time  you  will  have  a  beautiful  and  brilliant  polish. 
If  you  should  use  oil,  you  must  rub  as  quick  as 
you  possibly  can,  taking  care  to  rub  with  the  grain 
of  the  wood,  with  a  piece  of  flannel ;  and  when 
you  have  it  well  rubbed,  take  another  piece  of 
flannel  and  give  it  a  good  rubbing  a  second  time, 
then  polish  off  with  some  fine  linen  cloths  or  a  silk 
handkerchief ;  the  latter  is  very  good  to  give  it  a 
good  gloss.  If  you  clean  your  tables  with  bees- 
wax and  spirits  of  turpentine  mixed  together,  this 
is  as  good  a  thing  as  I  could  recommend  ;  it's  a 
thing  that  requires  but  little  rubbing,  and  is  better 
for  furniture  than  any  other  mixture  now  in  use  ; 
I  shall  therefore  give  you  directions  how  to  use 
this  mixture.  Take  a  piece  of  flannel  and  apply 
6ome  of  this  mixture  on  it,  then  rub  it  quick  and 
even  all  over  your  furniture,  and  in  a  short  time 
you  will  have  a  most  brilliant  polish.  Finish  off 
with  an  old  silk  handkerchief.  You  will  find  di- 
rections for  this  receipt  in  the  Index. 


HINTS  ON  TAKING  OUT  STAINS  FROM 
MAHOGANY. 

There  are  some  times  that  your  tables  will  want 
washing;  when  there  has  been  too  much  wax, 
oil,  or  paste  put  on,  and  not  well  rubbed  off,  the 
dust  settles  on  it,  and  it  is  impossible  for  you  to  ^et 


31 

them  to  look  well,  if  this  is  not  washed  off  with  the 
following  wash  ; — Take  some  warm  beer,  and  a 
piece  of  flannel  immersed  into  it  ;  with  this,  wash 
off  your  tables,  and  recollect  to  rub  them  quick  and 
even  ;  after  you  have  got  your  tables  quite  dry, 
then  apply  your  mixture  ;  take  pains  and  rub  it 
well  in,  as  it  will  want  much  more  of  your  mixture 
than  when  they  were  not  washed,  but  they  will 
look  of  a  much  brighter  and  more  brilliant  colour- 
You  will  find  how  to  take  out  all  your  ink,  and 
other  stains,  by  the  directions  given  in  the  receipts. 
When  you  clean  your  chairs,  remove  them  all 
out  into  the  middle  of  the  room.  1  have  often 
seen,  in  many  houses  where  I  have  been,  the  walls 
marked  and  smutted  all  over  with  the  oil,  or  what- 
ever they  cleaned  their  furniture  with.  This  has 
a  very  bad  appearance  ;  besides,  it  disfigures  the 
walls  in  a  ridiculous  manner,  and  shows  great 
neglect  of  neatness  in  the  servant.  Therefore, 
when  you  clean  your  chairs,  sideboards,  &c.  al- 
ways move  them  from  the  walls,  and  be  very  par- 
ticular about  the  backs  of  your  chairs,  and  the 
edges  of  the  tables,  that  you  do  not  leave  any  of 
your  mixture,  to  dirty  the  ladies'  or  gentlemen's 
clothes,  as  this  would  be  a  sad  affair.  But  I  trust 
you  will  follow  these  remarks  and  observations 
which  1  have  laid  down,  and  you  are  sure  to  give 
general  satisfaction. 


BRUSHING  AND  FOLDING  GENTLEMEN'S 
CLOTHES. 

This  is  another  part  of  a  house  servant's  busi- 
ness, which  requires  a  great  deal  of  care,  as  good 


32 

clothes  are  often  spoiled  through  neglect  and  bad 
management.  Therefore  I  shall  endeavour  to  give 
you  some  directions  and  insight  of  brushing  and 
folding  them  up  in  a  proper  manner.  In  the  first 
place,  if  your  gentleman's  clothes  should  happen 
to  get  wet  or  muddy,  hang  them  out  in  the  sun  or 
before  the  fire  to  dry.  Do  not  attempt  to  brush 
them  while  wet,  or  you  will  surely  spoil  them,  but 
as  soon  as  they  are  perfectly  dry,  take  and  rub 
them  between  your  hands  where  there  any  spots 
of  mud,  then  hang  them  on  your  clothes  horse, 
which  you  must  have  for  the  purpose  ;  then  lake  a 
rattan  and  give  them  a  whipping,  to  take  out  the 
dust,  but  be  careful  and  don't  hit  the  buttons,  or 
you  will  be  apt  to  break  or  scratch  them. 

When  this  is  done,  take  your  coat  and  spread  it 
on  a  table  at  its  full  length.  Let  the  collar  be  to- 
wards the  left  hand,  and  the  brush  in  your  right, 
then  brush  the  back  of  the  collar  first,  between 
the  shoulders  next,  then  the  sleeves  and  cuffs,  then 
brush  the  farthest  lapel  and  skirt,  then  the  near 
one,  observing  to  brush  with  the  nap  of  the  cloth, 
as  it  runs  towards  the  skirts.  When  all  these  parts 
are  properly  done,  then  fold  as  follows.  Double 
the  off  sleeve  from  the  elbow  towards  the  collar, 
the  other  the  same  way  ;  then  turn  the  lapel  over 
the  sleeve  as  far  as  the  back  seam,  and  the  other 
in  the  same  manner  ;  then  turn  up  the  oif  skirt  so 
that  the  end  may  touch  the  collar  ;  the  near  one 
the  same ;  give  it  a  light  brush  over,  and  then  turn 
one  half  the  coat  right  even  over  the  other,  and 
you  will  find  the  coat  folded  in  a  manner  that  will 
gain  you  credit  from  any  genUeman,  and  will  keep 
smooth  for  any  journey. 


33 


BRUSHING  AND   CLEANING   GENTLEMEN'S 
HATS. 

This  is  another  part  of  a  gentleman's  wardrobe, 
that  you  should  pay  much  care  and  attention  to, 
or  otherwise  it  will  soon  look  shabby.  You  should 
have  a  soft  camels'  hair  brush  to  brush  your  hats 
with,  as  this  brush  will  not  injure  the  fur,  nor 
scratch  it  off.  Should  the  hat  happen  to  get  wet, 
you  must  handle  it  as  lightly  as  possible,  or  you 
will  put  it  out  of  form,  but  to  remedy  this,  you 
should  put  your  left  hand  with  your  fingers  ex- 
tended open,  into  the  hat,  then  take  a  silk  hand- 
kerchief in  your  right  hand  and  rub  it  lightly  all 
round,  the  way  the  fur  goes,  until  almost  dry  ; 
then  take  your  hat-brush  and  brush  it  the  way  the 
fur  goes  until  almost  dry  ;  if  the  fur  sticks  and  does 
not  brush  smooth,  you  must  take  the  brush  that 
you  polish  your  shoes  with.  Should  the  fur  not 
come  smooth,  you  must  dip  a  sponge  in  some  beer 
or  spirits  of  wine,  the  latter  is  preferable,  as  it 
gives  a  brilliant  jet  lustre  to  the  fur.  Continue  to 
brush  with  yonr  hand  brush  until  dry  ;  then  give 
it  a  light  rub  over  with  a  silk  handkerchief,  and 
put  in  your  hat-stick.  There  are  some  people  that 
think  brushing  a  hat  while  it  is  wet,  certainly  spoils 
it  !  but  it  is  quite  the  contrary  ;  for  the  hatters 
themselves  always  brush  and  finish  off  their  hats 
while  damp,  so  as  to  give  the  fur  a  brilliant  appear- 
ance. Likewise  they  set  them  to  thefr  regular 
shapes  while  damp.  I  have  received  these  in- 
structions myself,  from  one  of  the  best  hat  manu- 
facturers in  London ;  and  I  hope  that  my  young 
4 


34 


friends  will  follow  the  example,  that  their  mode  of 
working  may  be  a  credit  to  themselves,  and  give 
general  satisfaction  to  their  employers  ;  therefore  I 
shall  proceed  to  give  you  some  instructions  in  the 
following  pages,  on  the  next  part  of  your  work. 


REGULATIONS  FOR  THE  PANTRY. 

The  pantry  is  the  place  where  the  footman  gen- 
erally does  the  most  part  of  his  work,  such  as  to 
clean  his  plate,  trim  his  salts  and  casters,  and  trim 
his  lamps  and  candlesticks,  wash  his  breakfast 
things,  and  his  glasses  and  silver  after  dinner,  and 
several  other  articles  ;  therefore  you  should  be 
very  particular  in  keeping  it  clean  and  neat,  and 
have  all  your  drawers  and  lockers  for  their  sever- 
al uses.  Make  it  a  general  rule  always  to  have 
every  thing  in  its  proper  place,  as  nothing  looks 
worse  than  to  see  every  thing  topsy  turvy  ;  this  is 
an  English  phrase,  but  the  meaning  is,  to  see  every 
thing  in  its  wrong  place  ;  for  the  beauty  of  a  good 
servant  is  to  have  a  proper  place  for  every  thing 
that  is  used  in  common,  that  he  may  know  where 
to  lay  his  hand  upon  it,  when  it  is  wanted  ;  this 
will  be  greatly  to  your  advantage. 

In  the  next  place  you  must  have  a  small  tub  to 
wash  your  breakfast  things  in,  and  another  for 
your  glasses,  as  the  one  you  wash  your  breakfast 
things  in  generally  is  greasy,  as  you  often  have 
eggs,  sausages,  ham,  &c.  for  breakfast.  You 
should  likewise  have  a  sufficiency  of  towels,  as  it 
is  impossible  to  do  work  without  good  materials  to 
do  it  with,  therefore  you   should  have  cloths  for 


35 

your  glasses,  tea  things,  and  likewise  for  your 
knives,  knife  trays,  and  lamps,  and  always  use 
your  towels  for  their  proper  uses  ;  your  water  for 
your  tea  things  should  be  as  hot  as  you  can  bear 
your  hand  in  it.  Put  in  a  little  soap,  as  it  gives 
china  a  fine  polish  and  keeps  them  from  having  a 
greasy  feeling  ;  do  not  put  too  many  tea  cups  or 
saucers  in  at  a  time  for  fear  of  breaking  them  ;  be 
particular  and  wipe  them  very  dry  and  clean,  and 
put  them  by  neat  and  tidy  ;  there  is  nothing  stands 
more  high  for  the  reputation  of  a  servant,  than  to 
see  his  pantry  kept  neat,  and  every  thing  in  it 
handsomely  arranged  in  its  place. 


DIRECTIONS   FOR   CLEANING  TEA  TRAYS. 

This  is  another  part  of  your  work  that  requires 
much  care,  as  such  articles  are  often  spoiled 
through  not  being  properly  attended  to.  In  the 
first  place  you  never  should  pour  boiling  water  on 
a  tray,  as  it  makes  the  varnish  crack  and  peel  off. 
When  your  japan  trays  are  dirty,  take  a  sponge 
and  dip  it  in  warm  water,  rub  on  a  little  soap,  and 
wash  your  tray  with  this;  wipe  it  dry,  and  if  it 
looks  smeary,  dust  a  little  flour  over  it,  and  polish 
off  with  a  dry  cloth.  This  is  the  most  safe  and 
best  way  to  clean  and  polish  japanned  tea  trays. 
If  your  paper  trays  should  get  spotted,  take  a 
piece  of  flannel,  dip  it  in  some  sweet  oil,  and  rub 
it  over  the  spots;  if  any  thing  can  take  them  out, 
this  will.  Polish  off  with  a  soft  cloth,  then  lightly 
with  an  old  silk  handkerchief,  which  you  must 
keep  for  this  purpose. 


In  the  next  place  you  must  be  very  particular  in 
wiping  out  your  tea  urn  after  it  is  emptied.  Never 
leave  any  wet  on  the  outside,  for  it  will  leave 
marks  after  it.  Always  make  it  a  general  rule  to 
put  away  every  thing  in  its  proper  place  ;  and 
never  leave  your  glasses,  trap's,  or  plate  about 
dirty  any  longer  than  you  can  get  a  chance  to 
wash  them  and  put  theba  away  ;  for  if  they  are 
left  around,  they  are  apt  to  get  broken,  and  of 
course  it  will  be  laid  to  your  negligence,  which 
surely  it  is.  There  are  many  houses  that  you 
may  go  into  and  find  the  pantry  in  a  sad  dilemma, 
and  at  an  hour  of  the  day  when  a  servant  ought  to 
be  ashamed  to  have  his  things  so  disorderly. 
There  is  nothing  that  points  out  a  good,  capable 
servant,  so  soon  as  to  see  his  things  kept  in  good 
order,  and  in  their  proper  places. 


WASHING  AND  CLEANING  DECANTERS. 

In  washing  decanters,  the  greatest  care  should 
be  taken,  both  as  to  what  you  clean  them  with,  and 
that  you  do  not  break  them.  There  are  various 
ways  of  cleaning  them,  and  every  one  thinks  his 
own  way  the  best.  There  are  some  that  recom- 
mend sand,  cinders,  coals,  &c.  and  more  above 
them,  recommend  sand-paper,  egg-shells,  wood- 
ashes,  and  what  not.  I  have  tried  almost  all  these 
articles,  but  none  of  them  have  answered  my  ex- 
pectations, for  the  whole  of  these  articles  have  a 
kind  of  a  scratching  quality  about  them,  very  unfit 
for  this  purpose  ;  therefore  I  shall  give  you  direc- 
tions for  one  that  has  fully  answered  my  purpose 


37 

for  many  years.  In  the  first  place,  take  some 
thick  brown  paper,  cut  it  up  into  small  pieces,  then 
roll  it  between  your  hands,  and  put  it  into  your 
decanter,  with  a  few  bits  of  soap  cut  small  ;  then 
pour  into  the  decanter  some  warm  water,  not  boil- 
ing, and  shake  them  about  for  some  time,  until  you 
see  the  scum  and  dirt  quite  disappear.  You  may 
add  in  a  little  pearl  ashes  with  the  soap.  Should 
any  of  the  crust  of  the  wine  appear,  apply  a  piece 
of  sponge  made  fast  to  a  piece  of  cane  or  stick  for 
this  purpose  ;  this  will  remove  all  the  scum  or  crust 
of  the  wine  out  of  the  old  scratches,  and  give  your 
decanters  a  beautiful  polish.  Rinse  them  twice  in 
cold  clean  water,  and  turn  up  to  drain ;  when 
they  are  well  drained,  wipe  them  clean  with  your 
glass  towel,  and  afterwards  take  your  shammy 
leather  to  give  them  the  last  polish.  If  they  are 
cut  glass,  you  must  have  a  brush  to  brush  the  lint 
which  your  glass  cloth  may  leave  in  the  cutting, 
or  rough  work,  then  give  them  a  good  polish  with 
your  shammy  leather,  and  put  them  away  in  their 
proper  places.  Now,  my  youug  friends,  I  have 
here  given  you  instructions  how  to  proceed,  and  I 
sincerely  wish  that  you   may  follow  the  example. 


ON  TRIMMING  THE  CRUET  STAND  OR 
CASTERS. 

This  is  the  most  particular  article  that  belongs 
to  your  dinner  utensils  ;  therefore  you  should  re- 
member to  examine  it  every  day  to  see  if  all  the 
cruets  are  clean,  and  full  of  every  thing  that  is  ne- 
cessary, to  have  in  them,  such  as  mustard,  oil,  vin- 
4* 


38 

egar,  catsup,  soy,  black  pepper,  and  cayenne,  or 
other  sauces  that  you  may  have  bottles  for;  there- 
fore you  should  always  see  that  your  casters  are 
furnished  with  all  those  articles  daily,  as  there  is 
nothing  that  looks  so  negligent  in  a  servant,  than 
to  want  for  any  of  these  articles  when  called  for 
by  any  of  the  company.  Besides,  it  is  a  great 
mortification  to  your  employers,  as  a  lady  should 
not  want  to  be  troubled  to  look  after  these  things, 
if  she  has  a  man  that  is  capable  of  his  business. 
You  should  therefore  make  it  your  chief  study  to 
have  every  thing  in  good  order  that  is  under  your 
care  and  influence ;  it  will  not  only  gain  credit  from 
your  employers,  but  meet  the  approbation  of  other 
ladies  and  gentlemen  who  may  visit  there.  In  the 
next  place  you  should  never  leave  your  mustard 
spoon  in  your  mustard  after  dinner  is  over,  or 
your  salt  spoons  in  your  salt  cellars,  especially  if 
they  are  silver  or  plated,  as  salt  left  on  any  plated 
article  is  sure  to  rust  or  canker,  therefore  you 
should  always  wash  your  mustard  and  salt  spoons, 
when  you  are  washing  up  your  glasses  and  silver, 
after  dinner  ;  and  you  should  likewise  empty  out 
your  salt,  and  wipe  dry  your  salt  cellars,  and  put 
them  away  in  their  proper  places  :  you  will  find 
directions,  by  looking  for  them  in  the  Index,  for 
mixing  your  mustard  and  all  other  articles  which 
you  may  have  occasion  for  using.  You  should 
never  waste  any  thing,  for  it  is  a  very  wicked  thing 
to  waste  or  destroy  any  of  your  employer's  proper- 
ty, except  what  is  absolutely  necessary. 


39 


TO  CLEAN  TEA  AND  COFFEE  URNS. 

These  are  articles  that  should  be  taken  great 
care  of,  as  they  are  generally  very  expensive,  and 
if  not  taken  care  of,  they  are  easily  spoiled.  If 
your  tea  or  coffee  urns  are  silver  or  plated,  you 
must  clean,  as  under  the  head  of  Plate  ;  but  if  they . 
are  bronze,  you  must  clean  them  as  per  direction 
in  the  Index.  Be  very  particular  when  you  put 
by  your  urns,  that  they  are  perfectly  dry  inside; 
if  not  they  are  apt  to  get  musty.  Should  you  put 
by  your  urus  to  remain  any  length  of  time,  take 
and  fill  them  with  old  paper  ;  it  is  a  very  good  plan 
to  have  covers  made  for  your  urns,  as  this  pre- 
vents the  flies  from  dirtying  them,  and  likewise 
keeps  them  free  from  dust  or  damp.  You  should 
be  very  careful  when  you  are  filling  your  urn,  that 
the  water  or  coffee  is  on  a  level  with  the  heater, 
if  not  the  heater  is  ver^''  apt  to  burn  the  sides  and 
top  of  the  urn. 

You  must  likewise  be  very  careful  when  you 
put  in  your  heater,  that  you  do  not  let  it  down  too 
heavy,  as  there  is  great  danger  of  breaking  the 
bottom  of  the  urn.  Tea  and  coffee  urns  are  often 
spoiled  through  servants  not  studying  such  obser- 
vations as  these.  There  should  be  a  proper  hook 
to  put  in  the  heater  and  to  take  it  out,  and  by  this 
way  you  will  never  injure  your  urn.  In  the  next 
place  you  must  always  have  your  water  that  is 
for  tea,  boiling,  before  you  put  it  into  the  urn,  for 
it  is  impossible  to  make  good  tea  if  the  water  does 
not  boil,  even,  if  the  tea  is  of  ever  so  good  a  quali- 
ty. Now,  my  young  friends,  I  have  here  given 
you  instructions  concerning  yonr  tea  and  coffee 


40 

urns,  and  how  to  manage  them  ;  therefore  I  trust 
that  you  will  imitate  them  as  near  as  possible,  and 
always  study  to  give  general  satisfaction  to  those 
you  serve. 


MAHOGANY  DINNER  TRAYS. 

These  are  another  part  of  your  work,  that  should 
be  kept  in  good  order,  as  they  are  a  part  of  the 
furniture,  which  is  most  commonly  carried  in  and 
out  of  the  parlour,  through  the  course  of  dinner  ; 
therefore  you  should  endeavour  to  keep  them 
clean  and  in  good  order,  as  they  are  exposed  to 
the  eyes  of  the  company.  You  should  clean  them 
as  the  rest  of  the  mahogany,  but  you  will  often 
have  to  wash  them,  as  they  are  liable  to  have 
gravy  and  other  sauces  spilled  in  them,  during  the 
carrying  up  and  down  of  the  dinner  ;  but  as  soon 
as  dinner  is  over,  you  should  wash  out  your  trays 
if  they  want  it,  and  hang  them  up  in  their  proper 
places,  until  you  clean  them  the  next  day,  when 
you  are  cleaning  your  furniture. 

There  is  nothing  so  advantageous  to  a  servant  as 
to  have  good  rules  to  work  by,  therefore  his  princi- 
pal one  should  be,  to  keep  every  thing  in  its  pro- 
per place,  and  in  good  order.  I  have  lived  in  fam- 
ilies where  I  could  go  to  my  pantry  at  any  hour 
of  the  night,  let  it  be  ever  so  dark,  and  lay  my 
hand  on  any  thing  that  I  wanted,  as  quick  and 
with  as  little  noise  as  if  I  had  a  light.  This  is  easi- 
ly done,  if  you  only  give  yourself  the  habit  of  put- 
ting things  by  tidy  and  in  their  proper  places. 
Should  you  have  a  sink  in  your  pantry,  as  there 
generally  is,  be  very  particular  in  keeping  it  clean ; 


41 

throw  no  tea  leaves  or  any  dirt  that  may  stop  up 
the  waste  pipe  ;  if  you  do,  the  water  will  grow 
stagnated,  and  cause  a  bad  smell,  which  is  very  dis- 
agreeable. After  you  have  done  washing  up  your 
glasses,  rinse  out  your  sink  with  clean  wrter,  wipe 
it  dry  with  a  coarse  towel,  that  you  must  have  for 
that  purpose. 


REMARKS  ON  THE  MORNING'S  WORK  IN 
WINTER  TIME. 

Now,  my  young  friends,  I  shall-  here  give  you 
some  instructions  how  to  proceed  with  your  morn- 
ing's work,  in  winter  time.  In  the  first  place,  make 
it  your  business  to  h^ve  plenty  of  wood,  coal,  or 
whatever  fuel  you  burn,  in  its  proper  place  over 
right,  as  it  will  save  you  a  great  deal  of  time  in 
the  morning,  as  the  mornings  are  so  short  at  this 
season  of  the  year,  and  it  is  a  great  advantage  to 
have  these  necessaries  in  readiness,  where  perhaps 
you  have  three  or  four  fires  to  make,  and  grates 
and  fire  irons  to  clean  before  the  family  rises.  In 
the  next  place  you  should  rise  early  so  as  to  be 
able  to  have  j'our  fires  made  and  the  rooms  warm 
before  you  clean  yourself  for  breakfast.  Therefore 
when  you  first  come  down,  make  as  little  noise  as 
you  possibly  can  in  openiiig  your  rooms  where 
you  have  fires  to  make,  then  proceed  to  take  up 
your  ashes,  clean  your  grates,  or  fire  irons,  and 
tidy  up  your  hearth.  When  this  is  done,  proceed 
to  make  your  fires.  When  they  are  all  made,  and 
burning  well,  then  wash  your  hands,  and  open 
your  shutters,  and  proceed  to  set  out  your  break- 
fast table.     When  this  is  done,  go  round  and  see 


42 

that  all  your  fires  burn  well,  or  if  they  want  re- 
plenishing, that  the  rooms  may  be  warm  and  com- 
fortable against  the  family  come  down  stairs. 
Keep  all  your  doors  shut,  and  then,  if  you  think 
you  have  time  to  clean  your  front-door  brasses 
before  they  come  down,  it  is  a  very  desirable  job 
to  get  out  of  the  way  before  the  family  come 
down  ;  but  you  can  judge  as  to  what  time  you 
have  to  spare.  As  you  should  have  yourself  clean 
and  tidy  against  they  come  down  to  breakfast,  you 
should  always  clean  your  boots  and  shoes  over 
night,  because  it  gives  you  more  time  in  the  morning. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  SETTING  OUT  THE 
BREAKFAST  TABLE. 

Now,  my  young  friends,  I  shall  give  you  some 
instructions  how  to  set  out  your  breakfast,  dinner, 
and  tea  tables  ;  but  I  first  will  give  you  instruc-- 
tions  for  your  breakfast  table.  In  the  first  place, 
say  all  your  things  are  clean  and  in  readiness  in. 
your  pantry,  as  they  should  be,  and  that  your 
family  for  breakfast  consists  of  six  or  eight  people. 
In  the  first  place,  dust  off  your  table  clean,  and 
spread  your  cloth  neatly,  observing  that  the  centre 
crease  of  your  cloth  is  right  in  the  centre  of  the 
table,  and  that  it  don't  hang  longer  at  oneend  than 
at  the  other  :  then  proceed  to  set  out  your  break- 
fast tray  ;  laying  a  cup  and  saucer  for  each  per- 
son, with  a  teaspoon  in  each  saucer,  at  the  right 
hand  .side  of  the  cup  ;  then  set  in  the  centre  of  the 
tray,  your  sugar  pot  on  the  right  hand,  your  creatij 


43 

pot  on  the  left,  and  your  slop  bowl  in  the  centre^ 
with  your  tea  pot  behind  them,  so  as  to  be  right 
under  the  tea  urn,  and  that  the  tap  of  the  urn  may 
reach  it,  when  on  the  table.  As  soon  as  you  have 
this  done,  set  your  tray  at  the  end  of  the  table 
where  the  lady  sits  that  pours  out  the  tea,  then 
put  around  your  plates,  one  for  each  person,  put- 
ting them  at  a  proper  distance  from  each  other  5 
then  your  knife  and  fork  to  each  small  plate,  the 
knife  on  the  right  hand,  the  fork  on  the  left,  with 
the  end  of  the  handles  even  with  the  edge  of  the 
table  ;  you  must  always  have  salt  on  the  table,  as 
most  families  have  eggs,  or  some  kinds  of  meat  on 
the  table  for  breakfast. 

In  summer,  you  must  put  your  butter  and  cream 
to  cool  some  time  before  you  have  set  your  table. 
If  you  have  not  a  proper  cooler,  take  a  large  bowl, 
and  half  fill  it  with  water,  then  put  a  small  plate  in 
the  bottom  of  the  bowl,  then  put  in  your  butter  and 
cream  pot,  then  a  small  piece  of  ice,  if  you  use 
any.  This  is  a  very  good  method  to  cool  your 
butter  and  cream  for  breakfast.  If  your  break- 
fast table  is  rather  small  you  must  spread  a  nap- 
kin on  a  small  stand,  place  it  on  the  left  hand  side 
of  the  lady  that  makes  tea  ;  place  on  this  the  tea 
caddy,  and  if  there  is  not  room  on  the  breakfast 
tray,  for  all  your  cups  and  saucers  to  be  placed 
tiniform,  you  may  put  the  remainder  on  the  stand. 
Remember  to  put  on  a  knife  for  your  bread  and 
one  for  the  butter,  and  if  any  cold  meat  is  put  on 
the  table  lay  a  dinner  knife  and  fork  to  it  for  carv- 
ing ;  and  if  there  are  eggs,  do  not  forget  the  spoons ; 
and  if  you  don't  use  egg  cups  a^d  stands,  you 
Oiust  put  on  wine  glasses.  If  any  of  your  family 
like  mustard  with  their  meat,  you  must  put  the 
cruet  stand  or  casters  on  the  stand. 


44 

When  you  have  every  thing  properly  arranged 
on  your  breakfast  table,  then  put  round  the  chairs, 
and  if  it  is  cold  weather,  see  that  your  fires  burn 
well,  and  your  room  comfortable,  against  the  fami- 
ly come  down  to  breakfast ;  then  see  that  the  wa- 
ter boils,  and  that  your  heater  is  in  good  order  for 
your  urn.  Always  fill  your  urn  before  you  put  in 
your  heater  ;  and  don't  forget  your  urn  ring  if 
they  use  one. 

When  you  take  in  the  urn,  place  it  exactly  be- 
hind the  tea  pot,  that  the  tap 'may  come  over  it, 
and  be  near  enough  to  the  person  that  makes  tea 
that  they  may  turn  it  into  the  tea  pot  without 
standing  up. 

Whatever  you  have  to  carry  in  for  breakfast, 
such  as  toast,  rolls,  eggs,  &c.  always  take  them  in 
on  a  waiter  ;  never  carry  in,  or  hand  any  thing 
with  the  naked  hand,  as  it  looks  very  ungenteel. 
Now  I  have  given  you  full  instructions  for  your 
breakfast  table,  I  shall  proceed  to  give  you  in- 
structions for  your  dinner  table. 


REGULATIONS  FOR  THE  DINNER  TABLE. 

There  is  not  any  part  of  a  servant's  business  that 
requires  greater  attention  and  systematical  neat- 
ness, than  setting  out  his  dinner  table,  and  manag- 
ing for  a  party  of  sixteen  or  eighteen  people.  It  is  a 
branch  of  a  servant's  business  wherein  he  can  show 
more  of  his  ability  than  in  any  thing  else  that  he 
may  have  to  encounter.  There  are  many  servants, 
we  very  well  know,  that  make  great  pretensions  to 
conducting  a  party  or  dinner,  who  yet  never  knew 
the  first  principles  of  properly  waiting  at  table. 


45 

This  causes  great  confusion  in  a  house,  both  to  the 
family,  and  the  rest  of  the  servants.  It  is  no  easy 
thing  to  be  able  to  wait  properly  at  dinner,  and  to 
have  every  thing  done  in  proper  and  systematical 
order.  I  am  sorry  to  say  that  I  have  seldom 
met  with  many  servants  who  could  properly  man- 
age a  dinner  party  of  sixteen  or  eighteen,  without 
confusion  in  some  part  or  the  other  of  it ;  and  par- 
ticularly in  small  families,  where  they  have  com- 
pany but  seldom.  Confusion  often  occurs,  through 
not  having  a  sufficiency  of  things  for  the  party, 
without  having  to  wash  plates,  spoons,  &c.  while 
at  dinner ;  and  it  likewise  too  often  happens, 
through  fault  of  the  servant  at  the  head  of  the  fam- 
ily not  knowing  his  business. 

In  the  first  place,  the  greatest  attention  should  be 
paid,  to  have  all  the  things  that  are  for  use  properly 
arranged,  and  appointing  each  attendant  his  proper 
place,  and  what  he  has  to  do.  You  will  always 
find  the  more  help  there  is  to  wait  on  table,  the 
more  confusion  there  is,  especially  if  their  difierent 
offices  are  not  pointed  out  before  dinner  by  the 
servant  that  is  to  conduct  the  dinner.  I  have  al- 
ways found  that  one  good  servant  that  understands 
his  business,  c?n  do  more  work  in  its  proper  order 
than  three  awkward  ones,  as  they  are  chiefly  in 
each  other's  way,  and  this  causes  a  great  confusion 
in  the  course  of  dinner.  There  are  some  families 
that  think  a  servant  ought  to  wait  on  eight  or  ten  at 
dinner,but  I  tell  them  that  they  are  much  mistaken, 
for  this  is  too  many  for  one  man  to  wait  upon,  to  do 
it  to  perfection  •,  and  especially  if  there  are  many 
changes.  Therefore,  my  young  friends,  I  have 
now  brought  you  thus  far  and  given  you  general 
directions  in  the  various  branches  before  laid  down, 
5 


46 

in  which  I  have  generally  addressed  myself  to  all ', 
I  therefore  shall  now  address  myself  to  Joseph  per- 
sonally, and  consider  him  as  having  a  party  of  ten, 
where  there  is  no  man  servant  kept  but  him- 
self, and  no  one  to  show  him  but  himself,  and  where 
he  must  be  answerable  for  conducting  the  party 
alone;  therefore  I  shall  give  him  all  the  instruc- 
tions in  my  power;  and  by  the  rest  of  my  young 
friends  listening  with  attention,it  may  prepare  them 
for  such  situations  in  future. 

Now,  Joseph,  the  first  thing  that  is  to  be  attend- 
ed to,  is  to  enquire  of  the  cook  what  there  is  for 
dinner ;  by  doing  this  you  will  be  able  to  judge 
what  things  you  may  vi^ant,  as  it  is  very  awkward 
to  leave  the  room,  in  the  middle  of  the  dinner 
for  things  that  you  should  have  had  before  the  din- 
ner was  served  up.  In  the  next  place  you  should 
ask  the  cook  if  there  is  any  particular  way  of  send- 
ing things  up;  as  you  may  make  sad  mistakes  if 
3^ou  have  not  a  bill  of  fare,  and  should  you  have 
one,  you  will  not  be  at  a  loss  how  to  put  the  dinner 
on  the  table  in  proper  order  as  it  is  there  directed. 

LAYING    THE    CLOTH,  &C. 

In  putting  the  cloth  on  the  table,  you  should  be 
very  particular,observing,  in  the  first  place,  to  have 
its  right  side  uppermost.  This  you  may  easily  learn 
by  looking  at  the  hem  and  fold.  Likewise  you 
must  be  very  particular  to  have  the  bottom  of  the 
cloth  to  the  bottom  of  the  table.  In  most  all  dinner 
cloths  that  are  spread  for  company,  there  is 
generally  some  ornamental  work  wrought  on  them, 
on  some  there  is  the  family's  coat  de  arms, 
on  others,  baskets  of  flowers,  birds,  branches,  &c. 


47 

Then  suppose  there  is  a  basket  of  flowers,  the  bot- 
tom of  the  basket  should  be  towards  the  person  at 
the  bottom  of  the  table,  as  the  design  should  al- 
ways go  up  the  table  ;  the  centre  of  the  table  cloth 
should  likewise  go  exactly  down  the  centre  of  the 
table,  and  not  hang  the  eighth  of  an  inch  longer  at 
one  end  than  the  other. 

SETTING    OUT    THE    DINNER    TABLE. 

When  your  cloth  is  perfectly  even,  then  put 
round  your  plates,  laying  four  at  each  side,  and 
one  at  each  end,  observing  to  have  them  at  equal 
distance  from  each  other,  then  put  on  your  nap- 
kins, having  them  neatly  folded  so  as  to  admit  the 
bread  into  them,  without  being  seen  ;  then  put 
round  your  knives  and  forks,  placing  the  knives  at 
the  right  hand,  with  the  edge  of  the  blade  towards 
the  plate,  and  the  end  of  the  handle  to  come  even 
with  the  edge  of  the  table  ;  then  place  round  your 
forks  on  the  left  hand,  in  the  same  manner  ;  then 
put  your  carving  knife  and  fork  head  and  point,  in 
the  same  way.  When  you  have  this  done,  put  a 
dinner  knife  and  fork  at  each  side  of  the  table, 
opposite  the  centre,  for  carving  with  ;  then  put 
round  your  tumblers,  one  at  the  right  side  of  each 
plate,  about  three  inches  from  the  edge  of  the  ta- 
ble. The  best  method  to  have  them  at  an  equal 
distance  from  the  edge  of  the  table  is,  to  take  a 
steel  fork,  hold  the  prong  in  your  right  hand,  al- 
lowing about  three  fnches  of  the  handle  and  prong 
to  be  extended  from  your  fore  finger  against  the 
edge  of  the  table,  letting  the  handle  of  the  fork  go 
in  on  the  table  ;  then  draw  your  tumbler  so  as  to 
touch  the  handle  of  the  fork  ;  and  so  on  to  each 


48 

tumbler.  By  this  process  you  will  be  able  to  have 
your  tumblers  at  a  proper  distance  from  the  edge 
of  the  table;  then  put  round  your  wineglasses, 
one  before  each  tumbler  ;  let  the  foot  of  each 
wine  glass  touch  the  tumbler,  and  this  will  keep 
them  even,  in  like  manner  ;  then  put  round  your 
plates ;  put  a  spoon  between  each  plate  in  a  straight 
line  all  around  the  table,  with  the  bowls  upwards, 
as  they  show  much  better  to  advantage  ;  then 
put  on  your  two  large  gravy-spoons,  one  at  the  bot- 
tom, and  another  at  the  top.  Put  these  across, 
before  the  head  and  foot  plate;  then  put  round 
your  salts,  which  should  be  six  in  number,  as  this 
is  the  regular  quantity  for  ten  to  dinner.  Remem- 
ber to  put  on  your  salt  spoons,  and  if  you  have  a 
salad  to  go  in  the  centre  of  the  table,  lay  a  silver 
waiter  under  it,  so  as  to  raise  your  sakd  bowl 
more  majestically.  If  you  have  four  wines,  put 
one  at  each  corner  of  the  table,  but  not  so  near  as 
to  be  knocked  off.  When  removing  dishes,  if  your 
family  dine  by  candle  light,  the  candlesticks  or 
branches  are  put  in  the  centre  of  the  table.  Should 
there  be  branches,  the  salad  or  epergne  must  be 
put  in  the  centre,  with  one  of  the  branches  between 
that  and  the  bottom,  and  the  other  between  that  and 
the  top  ;  you  should  have  plenty  of  plates,  knives 
and  forks,  spoons,  glasses  of  both  kinds,  and  every 
thing  else  that  is  necessary  for  your  dinner  ;  as  it 
is  much  better  to  have  in  the  room  more  things 
than  are  wanted,  of  every  description,  than  not  to 
have  enough  ;  as  this  causes  great  confusion. 

SETTING    OUT   THE    SIDEBOARD. 

In  setting  out  your  sideboard,  you  must  study 
neatness,  convenience,    and  taste  ;  as  you  must 


49 

think  that  ladies  and  gentlemen  that  have  splendid 
and  cosily  articles,  wish  to  have  them  seen  and  set 
out  to  the  best  advantage.  I  have  often  seen  at 
parties,  where  I  have  been  attending,  side  boards 
and  side  tables  set  out  in  such  a  manner  that  they 
looked  quite  in  a  state  of  confusion  ;  whereas,  if 
they  were  set  out  in  a  proper  order,  they  would 
make  a  magnificent  appearance.  There  are  some 
old  and  experienced  servants,  that  will  set  out  their 
tables  and  side  boards  with  such  a  degree  of  taste 
and  neatness,  that  they  will  strike  the  eyes  of  eve- 
ry person  who  enters  the  room,  with  a  pleasing 
sensation  of  elegance.. 

The  grapes  which  are  to  go  on  with  the  des- 
sert, &c.  with  all  the  spare  glasses  that  are  for 
dinner,  must  go  on  the  sideboard,  with  your  cham- 
paign, hawk,  and  ale  glasses.  When  all  these  are 
properly  arranged,  they  make  a  grand  display. 
Your  glasses  should  form  a  crescent,  or  half  circle, 
as  this  looks  most  sublime.  ]f  you  should  have  a 
light  on  your  sideboard,  you  must  leave  a  vacant 
place  behind  your  glasses  for  it  ;  in  forming  the 
crescent,  your  highest  glasses  must  be  the  farthest 
off,  and  the  smaller  ones  in  an  inner  circle.  Let 
them  be  put  two  and  two,  that  is,  one  large  and  one 
small,  that  you  may  have  them  ready  when  want- 
ed. In  the  space  between  the  glasses,  place  your 
cruet-stand  or  casters,  this  must  be  right  in  the 
centre  of  the  sideboard,  and  about  two  inches 
from  the  edge  ;  then  put  at  each  side  of  your  cas- 
ters your  two  water  decanters,  then  your  small  sil- 
ver hand  waiters,  one  on  each  side  of  each  water 
decanter,  then  your  wine  for  the  dessert,  in  the 
silver  coursters,  in  the  same  manner;  then  if  there 
is  any  vacancy  left,  you  may  fill  it  up  with  some 
5* 


60 

spoons,  as  spoons,  &c.  give  glass  a  brilliant  dis- 
play. If  your  sideboard  is  very  large,  you  may 
put  your  finger  glasses  on  it,  but  mind  that  every 
thing  looks  uniform.  In  the  next  place,  put  your 
plate  in  the  most  convenient  place,  with  your  knife 
trays  and  clean  cloths  spread  in  them.  Keep  one 
of  them  for  removing  the  knives  from  the  dishes, 
before  you  take  the  dishes  from  the  table. 

You  never  should  take  a  dish  from  the  table  with 
the  knife  and  fork  in  it,  as  it  is  very  dangerous  ;  if 
the  knife  or  fork  should  fall  off,  it  might  perhaps 
stick  in  your  foot,  or,  on  the  other  hand,  it  will 
dirty  the  carpet,  which  is  a  very  disagreeable 
thing,  and  is  sure  to  give  dissatisfaction  to  the  lady 
of  the  family. 

There  are  many  such  disasters  as  this  that  hap- 
pen through  the  servant's  not  attending  properly 
to  the  regular  rules  of  waiting  at  table.  There 
are  many  servants  that  put  themselves  quite  in  a 
state  of  confusion,  by  being  in  too  great  a  hurry. 
The  beauty  of  a  servant  is  to  go  quietly  about  the 
room  when  changing  plates  or  dishes  ;  he  never 
should  seem  to  be  in  the  least  hurry  or  confusion, 
for  this  plainly  shows  that  he  is  deficient  of  his 
duty.  A  man  that  knows  his  business  well,  should 
take  hold  of  things  as  a  first-rate  mechanic,  and 
never  seem  to  be  agitated  in  the  least.  You  should 
always  have  a  quick,  but  light  and  smooth  step, 
around  the  room  while  waiting  ;  practice  will 
soon  bring  you  to  this.  And  in  the  next  place  you 
should  always  wear  tight  shoes  or  thin  pumps 
while  waiting  at  dinner,  as  it  impossible  for  you  to 
go  quick  and  light,  if  you  wear  heavy  shoes  or 
boots,  in  the  parlour. 


51 

THE   SIDE   TABLE. 

The  side  table  is  the  place  where  you  are  to 
have  all  your  dinner  plates,  pudding  and  cheese 
plates,  and  likewise  the  dessert  plates,  if  there  is 
not  room  on  your  sideboard  for  them.  You  must 
have  a  clean  cloth  spread  upon  it,  as  your  salad 
and  cold  meats  are  to  be  placed  on  it,  if  they  are 
not  put  on  your  dinner  table.  Divide  your  dinner 
plates  into  three  piles  ;  place  one  pile  in  the  cen- 
tre of  the  side  table,  about  two  inches  from  the 
edge,  then  place  your  other  two  piles,  one  on  each 
side,  leaving  a  regular  space  betwe<en  them,  so  as 
to  place  your  knives  and  forks  between  them,  and 
this  you  must  do  with  great  taste,  that  they  may 
look  ornamental  like  the  things  on  your  side- 
board, observing  the  same  rule,  to  have  every 
thing  that  is  wanted  first,  next  at  hand.  Place  in 
the  space  that  is  left  between  the  centre  pile  and 
that  on  the  right  hand,  your  large  knives  and 
forks,  letting  the  ends  of  all  the  handles  be  on  an 
even  line  with  the  edge  of  the  table  ;  then  in  the 
space  on  the  left  of  the  centre  pile,  set  your  small 
knives  and  forks,  in  the  same  manner,  observing 
every  thing  to  be  uniform  and  in  its  proper  place. 
Then  place  a  pile  of  your  small  cheese  plates  be- 
hind the  pile  of  large  ones  at  the  left  of  the  cen- 
tre, and  your  pudding  plates  behind  the  pile  on 
the  right,  having  each  pile  of  an  even  height.  But 
there  should  be  no  more  than  a  dozen  and  a  half 
in  each  pile,  at  most.  Should  there  be  any  more 
vacant  places,  ornament  them  with  some  spoons, 
and  your  sauce  ladles  ;  having  the  bowls  upper- 
most, as  they  show  to  more  advantage  ;  but  leave 
room  enough  behind  for  your  cold  meats,  if  there 


52 

is  any  ;  then  put  your  dowlasses  on  your  dessert 
plates,with  a  dessert  knife,  fork  and  spoon ;  the  knife 
to  the  right  side  and  the  fork  to  the  left,  with  the 
spoon  in  the  centre.  Place  those  neatly  on  your 
side  table,  if  there  is  not  room  on  the  sideboard  for 
them  ;  but  the  sideboard  is  the  proper  place,  as 
they  are  convenient  to  the  dessert  glasses,  &c. 

Insetting  out  your  sideboard  and  side  table  you 
should  always  study  convenience  and  elegance,  in 
putting  your  things  on,  and  study  to  have  plenty 
of  every  thing,  that  you  need  not  have  to  leave 
the  room  during  the  course  of  dinner.  You  must 
never  be  afraid  of  a  little  trouble  when  there  is 
company,  for  where  the  sideboard  and  side  table 
is  set  out  with  taste  and  ingenuity,  it  has  a  very 
pleasing  effect  to  those  who  go  in  and  see  order 
and  design  prevail. 

Never  bring  in  your  cheese  before  wanted,  as  the 
smell  may  be  disagreeable  to  some  of  the  company. 

In  the  next  place  you  should  be  careful  not  to 
make  any  more  noise  than  you  possibly  can.  When 
changing  the  plates,  take  off"  your  dirty  knife  and 
fork  very  gently,  and  lay  them  in  your  knife  tray, 
and  put  the  plate  into  the  plate  basket  as  gently  as 
you  can.  When  returning  a  clean  plate,  lay  your 
knife  and  fork  on  it  as  easy  as  you  can,  so  as  to 
cause  no  rattle  nor  noise.  Put  the  knife  on  the 
right  and  the  fork  on  the  left  in  the  bowl  of  the 
plate,  and  lay  it  before  the  lady  or  gentleman  as 
gently  as  possible.  Always  observe  to  go  to  the 
left  side  of  the  person  that  you  hand  any  thing 
to,  or  take  any  thing  from,  as  it  is  very  awkward 
to  hand  any  thing  at  the  right  hand  side  of  the 
person ;  I  have  seen  many  accidents  happen  through 
the  neglect  of  not  practising  these  rules.     In  many 


53 

cases  there  have  been  whole  glasses  of  beer,  water, 
and  wine,  upset,  all  through  handing  it  at  the  right 
hand  side  ;  for  instance,  perhaps  the  gentleman  to 
whom  3^ou  are  taking  the  glass  of  beer,  &c.  may 
raise  his  arm,  and  thus  upset  the  whole. 

DINNER   ON   THB   TABLE, 

When  your  dinner  is  on  the  table,  and  every 
thing  that  is  necessary,  stand  at  the  bottom  and 
cast  your  eyes  along  the  table,  and  you  will  per- 
ceive in  an  instant  if  any  of  your  dishes  are  not 
properly  placed.  You  should  observe  to  have 
your  side  dishes  in  a  straight  line,  and  at  a  regular 
distance  from  each  other,  and  also  match  in  size 
and  colour,  cross  corners,  your  four  corner  dishes 
should  go  rather  on  a  square,  and  to  match  each 
other  cross  corner  ;  as  a  middling  dinner  when 
well  served  up,  and  the  dishes  well  matched,  and 
at  a  proper  distance  from  each  other,  has  a  more 
pleasing  aspect  that  double  as  large  a  one,  when 
crowded,  and  improperly  put  on  table  ;  yoa 
should  pay  the  greatest  attention  to  this  rule, 

WAITING    ON   DINNER, 

When  the  chairs  are  put  round,  and  all  things 
quite  ready,  proceed  to  the  drawing  room,  or 
wherever  the  company  is.  If  the  drawing  room 
is  large,  advance  a  little  towards  the  lady  or  gen- 
tlf  man  of  the  family,  and  with  a  graceful  motion 
of  your  head,  say,  "  Ma'am,"  or  "  Sir,  the  dinner 
is  served  ;"  or  "  Ladies  and  Gentlemen,  dinner  is 
on  the  table."  When  you  see  that  they  have  no- 
ticed the  announcement,  then  proceed  to   the  din^ 


54 

ing  room  door,  and  hold  it  open  until  the  company 
have  all  gone  in,  then  shut  it,  and  when  the  com- 
pany have  sat  down,  if  there  is  soup,  take  off  the 
cover  ;  if  there  should  be  only  fish  at  the  top,  and 
a  joint  at  the  bottom,  remove  the  cover  from  off  the 
fish  or  soup,  and  from  off  the  proper  sauce  for  the 
fish  ;  and  if  there  is  no  one  but  yourself  to  wait, 
take  your  station  at  the  bottom  of  the  table,  about 
a  yard  behind  the  person  that  sits  at  the  foot  of 
the  table;  stand  rather  a  little  to  the  left  of  his 
chair.  By  standing  in  this  position,  you  will  com- 
mand a  full  view  of  the  table  ;  whereas  if  you 
stand  behind  the  person  that  carves,  at  the  bottom 
of  the  table,  you  cannot  see  when  the  plates  want 
changing.  When  you  hold  a  plate  to  the  carver 
to  help  a  lady  or  gentleman,  stand  at  the  left  hand 
of  the  carver,  holding  the  plate  in  your  left  hand, 
with  your  thumb  on  the  rim  of  the  plate,  and  your 
two  fingers  extended  under  the  bottom  ;  you  should 
never  let  your  thumb  go  farther  than  the  rim  of 
the  plate,  for  it  is  a  very  improper  thing  to  run 
your  thumlD  half  way  across  the  plate.  If  you 
want  to  tip  the  dish  for  gravy,  change  the  plate 
into  your  right  hand,  and  be  careful  that  you  do 
not  spill  the  gravy  on  the  cloth.  When  you  take 
it  to  whom  it  is  for,  go  to  the  left  side,  and  with  your 
right  hand  take  the  plate  that  is  done  with,  and  with 
your  left  hand  lay  the  other  gently  before  them. 

You  should  never  lay  a  plate  before  a  lady  or 
gentleman  at  their  right  hand  side,  except  by 
some  particular  reason,  that  you  have  to  sit»it 
down  with  your  right  hand  on  the  right  hand  side. 
When  you  are  holding  a  plate  to  a  carver,  or 
handing  the  vegetables  or  sauces  round,  you  must 
hold  them  in  your  left  hand  at  the  side  of  the  per- 


55 

son  you  have  to  serve  ;  and  keep  your  fingers  ex- 
tended under  the  bottom,  and  in  the  same  manner 
as  you  hold  a  plate. 

When  you  are  taking  off  all  your  covers,  begin 
at  the  bottom  dish  first,  at  the  left  hand  side,  tak- 
ing them  off  with  your  left  hand  all  round,  until 
you  come  to  the  bottom  again,  then  place  them  in 
your  dinner  tray  until  you  have  time  to  take  or 
send  them  out  of  the  room.  When  beer,  cider,  or 
water  is  called  for,  go  to  the  right  side,  as  the 
tumbler  stands  on  that  side  5  and  be  careful  that 
you  do  not  run  them  over,  as  you  will  wet  the  cloth. 
W^hen  you  hand  a  glass  or  any  thing  on  a  hand 
waiter,  always  go  to  the  left  side. 

When  you  hand  a  glass,  knife  and  fork,  or  any 
thing  else  to  any  of  the  company,  always  take  a 
hand  waiter,  as  it  is  very  improper  to  hand  any 
thing  with  the  naked  hand  ;  likewise  when  you 
are  taking  any  thing  off  the  table,  such  as  a  glass, 
spoons,  or  any  other  small  article,  have  a  waiter 
in  your  left  hand,  and  take  off  the  article  with  your 
right.  In  the  next  place  when  j'ou  are  ready  for 
the  removes,  for  the  soup,  and  fish,  ring  the  bell, 
that  the  cook  may  have  it  in  readiness  against  you 
want  it ;  but,  before  you  remove  the  soups  or  fish, 
take  your  knife  tray,  and  remove  the  soup  ladle 
and  fish  knife  from  them,  holding  your  knife  tray 
in  your  left  hand,  and  removing  them  with  your 
right.  As  soon  as  the  removes  are  put  on  the  ta- 
ble, uncover  them,  taking  care  that  you  don't  dirt 
the  cloth  with  the  drops  of  steam  from  the  covers, 
but,  to  hinder  this,  turn  up  the  covers  quick. 

Then  the  next  thing  is  to  exert  your  skill  and 
ability, until  the  company  is  all  served  round,  with 
meat,  vegetables,  &c.  Then  take  your  station,  and 


56 

keep  your  eyes  and  ears  open,  to  see  and  hear 
what  the  company  may  want,  or  ask  for.  Do  not 
wait  to  be  asked  for  every  thing  by  the  company ; 
for  if  you  keep  a  sharp  eye  on  the  table,  you  will 
see  many  things  wanted,  by  persons  who  perhaps, 
through  being  a  little  bashful,  will  not  ask  for  them- 
selves ;  such  as  bread,  vegetables,  or  sauce  ;  like- 
wise what  may  be  wanted  on  particular  occasions, 
such  as  mustard  to  duck  and  goose,  fish-sauce  to 
fish,  mint-sauce  to  lamb,  lemon  to  veal,  bread- 
sauce  to  fowls,  &c.  &c.  When  you  remove  or 
takeofi'the  dishes,  if  large,  put  your  two  hands  to 
them  ;  stand  at  the  left  side  of  the  person  who  sits 
opposite;  the  small  ones  yoi^may  take  off  with 
your  one  hand,  but  you  must  be  very  careful  that 
you  do  not  spill  the  gravy  on  the  cloth.  Always 
take  a  firm  hold  of  the  dishes  when  taking  them 
off  the  table  ;  observing  to  keep  your  right  hand 
up  one  side  of  the  dish  towards  the  centre  of  the 
table,  and  the  left  hand  near  the  other  end,  keep- 
ing a  firm  grasp  with  your  thumbs,  and  your  fin- 
gers well  extended  under  the  dish  ;  always  lift 
the  dishes  high  enough  to  clear  the  glasses,  &c.&c. 
When  you  perceive  the  company  do  not  seem  to 
eat  of  the  dishes  on  the  table,  keep  your  eye  on  the 
lady  or  gentleman  of  the  family,  as  they  generally 
give  the  signal  to  remove  the  first  course.  You 
must  give  the  cook  information  before  dinner  that 
you  will  ring  the  bell  twice,  as  a  signal  for  second 
course  to  be  got  ready.  When  you  are  taking  off 
your  dishes,do  it  very  gently,  but  quick  and  handy. 
You  must  not  seem  to  be  in  the  least  confusion,  for 
there  is  nothing  that  looks  so  bad  as  to  see  a  man  in 
a  bustle,  or  confused  state,  when  he  has  the  manage- 
ment of  a  party.      He  should  always  take  hold  of 


57 

his  work  as  if  he  understood  it,  and  never  seem  to 
be  agitated  in  the  least. 

As  soon  as  you  perceive  the  signal  to  remove  the 
first  course,  take  your  knife-tray  and  remove  all 
the  knives,  forks,  and  spoons,  from  all  the  dishes, 
and  the  ladles  from  out  the  sauce-boats,  before  you 
attempt  to  remove  any  of  the  dishes  from  off  the 
table  ;  when  you  have  finished  this  part,  then  go 
to  the  bottom  of  the  table,  and  begin  at  the  bot- 
tom dish,  on  the  left  side,  taking  all  before  you  as 
you  go  along,  observing  to.  keep  on  the  left  side  of 
the  person  who  sits  opposite  the  dish  you  are  tak- 
ing ;  putting  your  two  hands  to  the  large  one  as 
directed  ;  and  only  your  left  hand  to  the  small 
ones  ;  and  so  on,  all  round  the  table,  until  you 
come  to  the  bottom  again. 

Then  proceed  for  your  second  course,  which 
you  may  bring  in  on  your  dinner  tray,  if  your  tray 
is  large  enough.  Place  your  second  course  into 
it  as  it  is  to  go  on  the  table,  but  if  you  have  a  bill 
of  fare,  you  need  not  be  so  particular.  Have  your 
bill  of  fare  in  your  tray,  that  you  may  make  no 
mistakes,  when  putting  your  dishes  on  the  table. 
Begin  in  the  same  manner  as  you  took  the  others 
off,  first  at  the  bottom,  then  the  left  side,  and  so  on 
all  round,  observing  to  place  your  dishes  at  a  regu- 
lar distance  from  each  other.  When  you  have 
them  all  put  on  in  proper  order,  take  off  all  the 
covers  as  you  did  the  first  course,  beginning  at  the 
bottom,  up  the  left  side,  taking  them  off  with  your 
left  hand,  and  so  on  until  you  come  to  the  bottom 
again.  See  that  there  are  knives,  forks,  and  spoons, 
to  the  dishes  that  want  them  ;  then  be  ready  to 
wait  on  the  company. 

When  you  see  that  they  are  finished  with  the 
6 


58 

second  course,J,hen  put  round  your  small  cheese 
plates  as  you  take  your  others  off,  with  a  small 
knife  ;  if  there  is  salad,  you  must  put  on  a  fork 
likewise.  Have  your  salad,  butter,  cheese,  and 
cucumbers  ready  against  the  second  course  comes 
off;  but  there  are  many  families  that  have  the  sal- 
ad, butter,  cheese,  radishes,  &c.  all  put  on  with 
the  second  course  ;  this  saves  a  great  deal  of  trou- 
ble and  waiting  on.  But  if  your  family  should 
like  the  other  way  best,  when  your  second  course 
is  done  with,  take  your  knife-tray,  and  remove 
all  the  knives,  forks,  and  spoons,  from  off  the  dish- 
es. When  this  is  done,  take  off  all  the  dishes  as 
directed  in  the  other  courses  ;  then  put  on  your 
cheese,  &c.  If  there  should  be  two  cheeses,  with 
butter,  salad,  cucumbers,  radishes,  &c.  put  your 
cheese  at  top  and  bottom,  your  salad  in  the  cen- 
tre, and  your  butter  and  radishes  at  the  sides  ;  two 
plates  of  butter,  and  two  of  radishes  to  be  put 
cross  corners,  will  make  your  table  look  much  bet- 
ter than  with  one  of  each.  When  you  have  put 
a  knife  to  your  cheese,  another  to  j^our  butter 
with  your  salad  spoon  to  your  salads,  &c.  then 
proceed  to  hand  round  the  cheese  and  wait  on 
the  company.  Sometimes  there  is  champaign, 
porter,  or  ale  handed  round,  while  at  cheese  ;  but 
in  other  families,  while  at  the  second  course  ; 
and  in  others  when  the  dessert  is  put  on  the 
table  ;  but  the  gentleman  of  the  family  most  com- 
monly gives  directions  about  his  wines,  and  when 
they  "are  to  be  put  on  the  table. 

As  soon  as  the  company  are  done  with  the 
cheese,  &c.  take  your  knife-tray  and  remove  your 
salad  spoon,  butter  and  cheese  knife ;  then  begin 
and  take  off  the  dishes,  as  you  did  in  the  other 
courses  ;  then  clear  of  all  your  dirty  glasses.  The 


59 

best  means  of  doing  this  is  to  have  a  large  waiter  ; 
let  one  of  those  who  help  you,  take  a  firm  hold  of 
it  between  his  two  hands  while  jou  begin  at  the 
bottom  of  the  table  on  the  left  side,  and  clear  ev- 
ery glass,  spoon,  and  knife  away,  while  he  is  to  fol- 
low you  round  with  the  waiter.  When  all  is  clear- 
ed away  and  the  wine 'taken  off  the  table,  then  take 
a  large  plate  and  a  fork  in  your  right  hand,  and  take 
up  all  the  pieces  of  bread,  from  the  cloth;  then 
take  another  plate  and  j^our  table  brush,  or  a  clean 
towel  rolled  up,  begin  at  the  bottom  on  the  left  side, 
brushing  off  clean  all  the  crumbs,  until  you  come 
to  the  bottom  again,  then  put  round  your  finger 
glasses,  one  to  each  person,  beginning  at  the  bottom 
and  going  all  round ;  you  may  put  on  those  to  the 
right  side  of  the  ladies  or  gentlemen.  When  the 
company  are  all  done  with  their  glasses,  begin  at 
the  bottom  and  lake  them  off  all  round.  When 
this  is  done,  take  off  your  tablecloth,  napkins,  &c. 
then  take  a  towel  and  wipe  off  your  table,  begin- 
ning at  the  bottom,  and  wiping  all  round  ;  then  pro- 
ceed to  put  round  your  plates. 

PUTTING  ON  THE  DESSERT. 

Put  round  your  dessert  plates  one  before  each 
person,  then  your  wine  glasses,  placing  two  on  the 
right  side  of  each  plate,  then  put  on  your  wine 
coursters,  or  decanter  stands  and  wine ;  if  only  two, 
put  one  near  the  corner,  top  and  bottom,  on  the 
right  side.  If  four,  one  to  each  corner.  If  differ- 
ent wines,  place  them  so  as  to  match  cross  corners; 
recollect  to  observe  the  same  rule  in  putting  on  the 
dessert  as  the  other  courses,  unless  you  have  more 
dishes  in  number,  in  this  case  you  may  put  on  the 
dishes,  top,  middle  and  bottom  ;  before  you  put  on 


60 

the  sides,  if  you  have  a  cake,  put  it  right  in  the  cen- 
tre, with  your  sugar  basin  and  cut-glass  water 
pitcher  between  the  top  and  bottona  dishes,  in  a  right 
line  down  the  centre  of  the  table.  Then  put  round 
your  side  dishes,  beginning  at  the  bottom  on  the  left 
side,  observing  to  keep  them  at  equal  distance  from 
each  other,  and  all  your  dishes  to  match  in  colour 
and  size  as  near  as  possible,  as  this  is  the  beauty 
of  putting  on  your  dessert.  When  you  have  all 
your  dishes  on  the  table,  put  a  knife  to  your  cake, 
and  half  a  dozen  oflarge  spoons  reverse  to  each 
other,  down  the  centre  of  the  table,  to  serve  the 
dessert  with.  Should  there  be  blancmange  or  ice 
creams,  lay  a  small  pile  of  plates  top  and  bottom  ; 
when  there  are  ice  creams,  you  must  stop  to  serve 
it  round  to  the  company,  until  all  are  helped,  then 
proceed  to  take  all  the  dirty  things  out  of  the  room, 
with  as  little  noise  as  possible  ;  let  your  clean  things, 
on  the  sideboard  and  sidetable  remain  until  you 
clear  away,  after  the  company  has  retired  from  the 
room.  Never  seem  to  be  in  a  hurry  or  bustle  in 
leaving  the  room.  When  all  your  dirty  things  are 
cleared  out,  shut  the  door  after  you  very  gently,  as 
you  should  never  make  more  noise  in  the  parlour 
than  you  can  possibly  help. 


PREPARATIONS  FOR  TEA  AND  COFFEE. 

If  your  family  do  not  dine  by  candle-light,  per- 
haps, against  dinner  is  over,  it  may  be  time  to  light 
your  lamps  in  the  hall,  and  on  the  staircase;  like- 
wise have  all  your  lamps,  branches,  &c.  in  readi- 
ness in  the  drawing  room,  if  not  lighted,  as  the  ladies 


61 

never  stop  long  in  the  dining  room  after  the  dessert 
is  over.  When  all  your  lamps  are  lit,  and  every 
thing  in  order,  see  that  your  boiler  is  full  and  in 
readiness  for  tea;  then  see  to  your  silver,  and  knives 
and  forks,  that  they  are  all  washed,  wiped,  and 
put  away  in  their  places,  that  they  may  be  in 
readiness  to  clean  in  the  morning ;  observe  to  put 
your  silver  forks  and  spoons  in  separate  places,  for 
if  you  put  your  forks  and  spoons  together,  they 
are  apt  to  get  scratched.  You  should  likewise 
count  your  silver  after  it  is  washed  up,  for  fear 
there  should  be  any  mislaid. 

Then  see  to  your  glasses,  wash  and  wipe  them 
dry,  then  put  them  by  in  their  proper  places :  tidy 
up  your  pantry,  and  by  this  means  you  will  have 
room  for  your  other  dirty  glasses,  &c.  that  are  used 
for  the  dessert.  When  the  gentlemen  have  retired 
from  the  dining  room,  then  go  in  and  first  put 
away  all  the  chairs  in  their  places,  then  put  away 
the  fruit,  &c.  in  their  place,  then  take  a  large  tray 
and  take  all  the  glasses  off.  Put  by  the  wine,  and 
empty  all  your  dessert  plates,  and  carry  all  the  dirty 
things  out  to  your  pantry,  or  where  you  may  wash 
them  up.  Wipe  off  the  table,  and  take  out  all  the 
clean  tidings  that  remain  on  the  sideboard  and  side 
table.  When  all  is  cleared  away,  and  your  room 
put  in  order,  then  proceed  to  wash  up  your  glasses 
and  dessert  plates,  spoons,  &c.  Wipe  dry  and  put 
every  thing  away  in  their  proper  places,  hang  your 
towels  to  dry,  and  have  yourself  in  readiness  against 
they  order  tea  or  coffee. 

CARRYING  TEA  AND  CO F TEE  AROUND. 

In  some  houses  the  drawing  room  is  up  stairs  ; 
should  this  be  the  case  where  you  live,  you  must 
6* 


62 

be  very  careful  when  carrying  your  tea  and  coffee 
up  stairs,  that  you  do  not  slop  it  over  into  the  sau- 
cers, as  this  would  have  a  slovenly  appearance  to 
the  company.  Your  tray  should  be  large,  if  there  is 
ranch  company,  that  the  ladies  may  take  their  cup 
and  saucer  with  ease.  At  the  first  round  you  should 
have  one  cup  of  tea  between  every  two  of  coffee, 
as  they  generally  take  more  coffee  than  tea  at  the 
first  round.  When  placing  your  cups  and  saucers 
on  the  tray,  be  particular  and  have  them  all  uniform 
and  not  crowded;  with  your  sugar  and  cream  in 
the  centre,  and  the  sugar  tongs  and  handle  of  the 
cream  pot  towards  the  company.  Have,  on  another 
tray,  your  cake,  wafers,  toast,  bread  and  butter,&c. 
all  neatly  arranged  to  take  round  after  you  have 
served  tea  and  coffee  to  all  the  company.  But  if 
you  have  a  large  party,  you  should  have  some  per- 
son to  hand  round  the  cake,  &c.  at  the  same  time 
that  you  are  serving  round  tea. 

When  you  first  enter  the  room  with  the  tea,  cast 
your  eyes  around  the  company  to  observe  where 
the  most  elderly  lady  is  seated,  then  proceed  for- 
ward and  help  her  first,  observing  lo  lower  the  wait- 
er, that  the  ladies  may  take  their  tea  off  with  ease. 
When  the  ladies  are  all  served,  then  proceed  to 
help  the  gentlemen,  beginning  as  with  the  ladies. 
When  all  the  company  are  served  with  the  first 
round,  carry  out  your  tray,  and  wipe  it  clean  if  wet, 
then  take  another  waiter  to  receive  the  cups  as 
soon  as  the  ladies  and  gentlemen  are  done  with 
them.  During  this  interval,  hand  round  your  cake, 
&c.  When  you  have  received  all  your  empty 
cups,  rinse  them  out,  and  proceed  to  serve  round 
another  course,  as  before,  beginning  at  the  same 
lady,  and  going  all  round,  leaving  the  lady  of  the 
family  to  be  the  last  lady  that  is  served,    as   the 


63 


strangers  must  always  be  served  first.  This  second 
round  is  generally  enough,  but  hand  round  the  cake, 
&c.  once,  or  twice  after,  then  carry  all  out  of  the 
room,  and,  if  cold  weather,  see  that  all  your  fires 
burn  well. 


OBSERVATIONS  ON  SUPPER,  &c. 

Now,  my  young  friends,  in  the  next  place  I  shall 
give  you  some  observations  on  the  management  of  a 
supper  party.  In  the  first  place,  we  will  consider 
the  party  to  be  from  twenty  to  thirty.  Such 
parties  are  very  common  in  private  families  of  fash- 
ionable standing.  In  such  parties  they  generally 
play  at  cards,  &c.  :  therefore  have  your  lamps  or 
candles  in  good  order  and  lighted  up  before  the 
company  has  come,  and,  if  cold  weather,  have  your 
fires  in  good  order ;  likewise  have  your  card  tables 
placed  out,  and  your  chairs  adjusted,  and  every 
thing  properly  arranged  and  in  uniform  array,  that 
every  thing  may  go  on  in  good  order,  and  without 
any  bustle  whatever,  that  you  may  gain  credit 
from  your  employers  and  the  company  likewise. 

In  the  next  place  see  that  your  tea  and  coffee 
things  are  in  order,  and  all  placed  on  your  waiter 
in  readiness,  should  they  have  tea  or  coffee,  as  they 
generally  do,  before  supper;  likewise  have  your 
glasses  wiped  and  placed  on  your  proper  waiters, 
as  there  are  generally  refreshments  carried  up  to 
the  drawing  room  to  the  company  before  supper. 
Let  every  thing  be  in  good  order  and  in  readiness, 
that  there  need  be  no  confusion  whatever.     When 


64 

you  have  every  thing  properly  arranged,  and  your 
rooms  comfortable,  then  tidy  yourself  up,  so  as  to 
look  smart  and  clean,  and  have  yourself  in  readi- 
ness to  wait  on  the  company,  and  show  them  to  the 
drawing  room. 

In  some  families  the  servant  has  to  announce  the 
several  names  of  the  company  as  they  come,  before 
entering  the  drawing-room.  This  is  troublesome 
where  there  is  not  sufficient  help  kept;  but  it  is  a 
most  fashionable  thing  in  all  families  of  distinction 
in  England  and  France,  that  the  lady  and  gentle- 
man of  the  family  may  receive  them  as  they  enter 
the  drawing  room,  and  introduce  them  to  the  rest 
of  the  company. 

OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  SUPPER  TABLE. 

You  should  always  lay  your  cloth  for  supper  be- 
fore the  company  comes,  if  you  possibly  can,  as  it 
saves  you  a  great  deal  of  time  which  j^ou  may  want 
afterwards,  as  the  company  generally  wish  some  re- 
freshments carried  up  to  them  before  supper,  &c. 
Likewise  you  should  learn  from  the  lady  of  the  fam- 
ily how  many  visitants  are  expected ;  this  will  be  a 
guide  to  let  you  see  what  length  your  table  should 
be.  When  laying  your  cloth  you  must  be  as  par- 
ticular as  at  dinner;  let  your  knives,  forks,  spoons, 
and  salts  be  placed  with  the  same  uniformity  as  at 
dinner,  with  a  tumbler,  wine  glass,  and  if  there  is 
champaign,  put  on  a  glass  likewise  to  each  plate  ; 
place  your  tumbler  glasses  the  same  distance  as  di- 
rected at  dinner,  with  your  wine  glass  and  cham- 
paign glass  about  one  inch  from  your  tumbler,  but 
on  a  straight  line ;  let  your  champaign  glass  be 
behind  your  wine  glass. 


65 

Coollers  or  finger  glasses  are  seldom  used  at  sup- 
per parties  ;  you  must  have  four  or  six  water  de- 
canters or  cut  glass  pitchers,  on  your  supper  table, 
as  the  company  generally  help  themselves  at  sup- 
per without  the  formality  of  more  attendance  than 
is  necessary  for  comfort.  If  it  is  a  cold  supper, 
your  plates  may  all  be  cold  ;  but  if  in  cold  weather 
and  some  hot  dishes,  your  plates  must  be  warm. 
And  keep  good  fires,  that  the  company  may  be  all 
comfortable.  You  may  place  all  your  cold  dishes 
on  as  soon  as  your  table  is  laid,  that  you  may  have 
more  leisure  to  place  them  on  in  proper  uniform 
and  neatness.  Have  all  your  dishes  to  match  in 
size  to  each  other  on  opposite  sides  if  possible,  and 
all  at  proper  and  equal  distance  from  each 
other.  Should  you  not  have  a  bill  of  fare  to  go  by, 
place  them  on  in  the  best  style  you  possibly  can,  so 
that  the  dishes  match  each  other  in  colours,  &c. 
cross  corners.  Have  plenty  of  clean  things  in  the 
room,  and  know  that  every  thing  that  you  may  want 
is  in  the  room  before  the  company  sits  down. 
There  is  seldom  much  change  of  di'shes  at  a  supper 
party,  and  especially  if  cold  ;  for  then  it  all  goes 
on  at  once ;  therefore  you  will  not  want  as  many 
clean  articles  of  each  kind  as  at  dinner,  such  as 
knives,  forks,  spoons,  plates,  &c.  but  have_plenty  of 
brimmer  glasses,  tumblers,  and  wine  glasses,  on 
your  sideboard  and  to  be  set  out  as  at  dinner. 
Your  wine  decanters  must  be  put  on  at  supper,  as 
at  dinner.  Make  it  your  study  to  put  every  thing 
on  with  taste,  and  as  though  you  had  a  design  for 
taste  and  ingenuity.  Supper  dishes  are  generally, 
and  ought  always  to  be  garnished  with  green  pars- 
ley or  flowers  ;  if  they  are,  be  very  careful  not  to 
shake  them  ofFwhen  going  up  stairs,  as  they  give  a 
supper  table  a  most  sublime  appearance,  and  par- 


66 

ticularlj  in  summer  time,  when  every  thing  is  green 
and  in  bloom. 

In  waiting  at  supper,  you  must  observe  the  same 
rules  as  what  I  have  given  for  dinner,  and  regulate 
according  to  the  number  that  you  are  to  have  to 
assist  you  to  wait,  that  there  may  not  be  the  least 
bustle  or  confusion  in  waiting  on  the  company, 
as  this  is  one  of  the  most  disagreeable  things  that 
the  lady  or  gentleman  of  the  family  can  see ;  let 
each  know  his  proper  place  appointed,  and  what  he 
has  to  do ;  therefore  if  you  abide  by  those  rules,  eve- 
ry thing  will  go  on  in  good  order,  and  without  any 
confusion  or  mismanagement. 

What  can  be  more  agreeable  to  the  lady  who 
gives  the  entertainment,  than  to  see  every  thing  go 
on  with  order  and  correctness,  without  having  any 
blunders  whatever  ;  but,  the  company  to  be  com- 
fortably and  systematically  waited  on ;  this  will 
give  general  satisfaction  to  the  family,  and  gain 
credit  for  yourself.  As  soon  as  supper  is  over,  and 
the  company  withdrawn  from  the  supper  table, 
then  see  to  collecting  your  plate,  and  clearing  your 
dirty  things  away,  and  put  your  clean  things  in 
their  places. 


DIRECTIONS    FOR    EXTINGUISHING    THE 
LAMPS,  SHUTTING  UP  THE  HOUSE,  &c. 

As  soon  as  you  have  all  the  clean  articles  put  by 
in  their  proper  places,  and  your  room  put  to  rights, 
then  proceed  to  gather  up  your  plate,  &c.  It  is 
oftentimes  that  spoons,  forks,  &c.  are  thrown  into 
the  swill  tub  after  a  party,  as  the  servants  are  gen- 


6? 

erally  in  a  bustle  or  hurry  ;  so  the  present  time  is 
the  best  to  count  over  your  spoons,  forks,  &c.  that 
if  any  are  missing,  you  can  make  search  immediate- 
ly. In  the  next  place,  when  the  party  has  broken 
up,  and  all  dispersed,  proceed  to  extinguish  your 
lamps,  &c.  Your  lamps  must  be  turned  down, 
not  blown  out.  Then  push  up  the  keys  of  your 
lamps,  that  the  oil  may  not  flow  over,  to  spoil  the 
carpets,  for  this  would  be  a  sad  disaster  ;  and  it  of- 
tentimes happens  through  the  neglect  of  servants 
not  attending  properly  to  the  lamps.  When  all 
your  lights  are  extinguished,  see  that  your  fire- 
guards are  put  to  your  fires,  and  that  every  thing  is 
safe  in  the  rooms  before  you  go  out ;  then  fasten 
your  front  door  ;  then  go  round  to  all  the  doors  and 
windows  on  the  back  part  of  the  house,  to  ascer- 
tain whether  they  are  all  safe  fastened.  This  is  the 
most  important  part  of  a  servant's  duty,  to  see  that 
the  house,  and  all  the  fires  are  safe.  It  is  so 
great  and  important  a  part  of  your  duty,  that  the 
lives  and  property  of  your  employers  depends  on  it. 
How  many  instances  have  we  heard  and  seen,  of 
houses  being  burnt  through  the  neglect  of  the  ser- 
vants not  having  paid  proper  attention  to  the  fires 
and  lights  ?  and  on  the  other  hand  how  many  houses 
have  we  heard  of  being  robbed,  through  the  neg- 
lect of  the  servant  not  paying  proper  attention  to 
shutting  the  doors  and  favStening  the  windows? 
Another  thing,  you  should  have  your  hall  door  fast- 
ened at  dusk,  to  prevent  any  one  from  coming  in 
and  stealing  coats,  cloaks,  hats,  &c.  as  this  very 
often  is  the  case  in  a  city,  and  owing  to  the  servants 
not  fastening  it  in  proper  season. 

Now,  my  young  friends,  I  think  that  I  have  given 
you  sufficient  instruction,  and  a  full  and  clear  in- 
sight into  the  manner  and  ways  of  setting  out  tables, 


68 

&LC.  and  waiting  on  parties  in  a  systematical  and 
proper  order,  whicii  I  trust,  from  my  own  experi- 
ence, is  sure  to  give  general  satisfaction  to  your  em- 
ployers, to  gain  their  approbation,  and  to  get  credit 
for  yourself.  Perhaps  you  may  find  some  trifling 
difference  in  some  families,  in  little  ways  and  no- 
tions of  their  own,  for  almost  every  different  family 
has  some  different  rules  of  its  own,  and  of 
course  you  are  bound  to  comply  with  them,  as  soon 
as  you  enter  under  an  engagement  to  serve  with  the 
family  ;  for  it  is  the  duty  of  every  servant  to  com- 
ply with  his  employer's  wishes,  and  conform  to 
his  rules,  even  if  he  knows  them  to  be  imperfect. 
But  still,  the  rules  and  observations  which  I  have 
given,  will  be  a  true  guide  to  those  who  may  study 
and  practise  them,  in  the  families  whom  they 
have  the  honour  to  serve. 

They  are  all  my  own  experience,  for  several 
years  past,  in  some  of  the  first  families  in  England, 
France,  and  in  the  United  States  of  America  ;  and 
I  am  highly  flattered  that  a  work  of  this  kind  will 
be  a  most  essential  article  to  all  private  families; 
and  likewise  to  those  domestics  that  are  not  perfect, 
or  properly  taught  the  duty  of  a  domestic,  or  house 
servant.  There  are  many  families  that  have  the 
misfortune  of  meeting  with  men  of  this  sort;  and  I 
am  very  well  aware  of  the  trouble  that  the  lady  of 
the  family  has  with  them,  to  bring  them  to  under- 
stand their  business,  and  by  only  having  one  of 
these  books  in  the  house  for  the  use  of  the  servant, 
they  will  be  saved  all  that  trouble,  with  only  the 
exception  of  informing  them  of  the  rules  of  the  fam- 
ily. I  know  there  are  many  house  servants  that 
think  themselves  perfect  in  every  branch  of  their 
duty  ;  but,  when  commg  to  peruse  this  work,  may 
find  things  that  they  are  quite  deficient  in,  and  will 


69 

see  they  never  had  the  experience  or  opportunity  of 
knowing.  I  sincerely  hope  that  this  work  may  do 
the  same  good  as  I  expected,  when  beginning  to 
write  it. 


ADDRESS  AND  BEHAVIOUR  TO  YOUR 
EMPLOYERS. 

I  am  now  going  to  give  my  young  friends  some 
advice  concerning  their  behaviour  to  their  employ- 
ers, &c.  In  the  first  place  all  domestics  should  be 
submissive  and  polite  to  their  employers,  and  to  all 
visitants  that  may  come  to  the  house.  They  should 
never  be  pert,  or  strive  to  enter  into  conversation 
with  their  employers  or  any  visitant  that  may  come 
to  the  house,  unless  they  speak  to  you  or  ask  you  a 
question,  then  you  should  answer  them  in  a  po- 
lite manner,  and  in  as  few  words  as  possible  ;  for 
you  must  know  that  is  a  very  impertinent  thing  to 
strive  to  force  conversation  on  your  superiors,  un- 
less they  begin  to  converse  with  you  first,  and  then 
you  are  to  give  answers  to  their  questions,  if  you 
are  versed  in  the  knowledge  of  whatever  may  be 
the  subject,  and  in  as  correct  and  pohte  a  manner 
as  possible. 

When  a  lady  or  gentleman  speaks  to  you,  or 
asks  you  a  question,  answer  them  very  kindly, 
Yes,  Ma'am,— or  No,  Ma'am ;  Yes,  Sir,— or  No,  Sir. 
I  have  often  heard  servants  answer  their  employ- 
ers in  such  an  impertinent  manner  as  to  make  my 
blood  run  cold,  to  think  that  any  one  should  be  so 
ignorant  as  not  to  know  his  place  better  ;  because 
7 


70 

it  is  the  duty  of  every  servant  to  be  submissive  and 
obedient  to  his  employers ;  for  as  the  old  saying 
is,  "  kind  and  polite  words  break  no  bones  ;"  there- 
fore you  should  make  it  your  whole  study  to  be  kind 
and  obliging  to  all  around  you,  then  you  are  sure 
to  gain  credit  and  esteem  from  every  one.  You 
should  likewise  be  civil  and  polite  to  all  visitants 
who  come  to  the  house,  and  treat  them  with  as 
much  respect  as  you  would  your  own  employers, 
for  it  is  a  great  advantage  to  a  servant,  to  have  the 
good  wishes  of  those  ladies  and  gentlemen  that  visit 
where  they  live,  because  you  may  perhaps  one  day 
or  other,  have  access  to  their  good  word,  &c. 


BEHAVIOUR  TO  YOUR  FELLOW 

SERVANTS. 

The  greatest  comfort  of  servants  is  their  be- 
haviour and  conduct  towards  each  other.  You  will 
always  find  that  the' more  you  endeavour  to  promote 
the  happiness  of  those  around  you,  the  more  you 
will  secure  your  own.  ,  Never  be  hasty  in  passing 
judgment  on  any  of  your  comrade  servants,  as  we 
are  all  commanded  by  our  great  Creator  to  act 
with  christian  charity  towards  each  other;  and  to 
do  unto  others  as  we  would  they  should  do  unto  us, 
were  we  in  their  situations,  and  they  in  ours.  If 
this  was  the  way,  my  friends,  how  much  more  pleas- 
ant our  lives  would  pass  away  than  they  do.  But 
how  different  the  practice  is,  I  have  no  need  to 
mention,  for  time  and  experience  will  soon  teach 
us  what  domestic  quarrels  are  ;  and  I  am  sorry  to 


71 

say  that  several  families  in  this  city  have  such 
scenes  daily  to  witness.  It  is  there  you  will  see 
envy,  malice,  duplicity,  dishonesty,  and  misrepre- 
sentation, and  every  evil,  to  the  tormenting  of  each 
other,  &c.  Instead  of  living  together  in  unity  and  af- 
fection, and  making  their  home  a  little  heaven, 
which  they  might,  if  they  were  so  inclined,  they 
make  it  a  hell  on  earth,  by  their  wickedness  and 
disagreeable  temper,  and  often  wishing  to  tyran- 
nize over  each  other. 

I  have  known  several  places  in  Europe,  where 
the  servants  had  every  necessary  good  p  make 
them  comfortable,  but  yet  they  were  miserable,  all 
through  not  agreeing  one  with  the  other,  as  they 
should  do ;  wherein  is  their  true  happiness,  and 
without  which  they  must  live  miserable.  How  much 
better  for  servants  to  live  together  in  peace  and 
happiness,  than  to  be  continually  quarrelling  among 
themselves;  whereas,  if  they  would  only  yield 
to  each  other,  and  be  obliging  among  one 
another,  they  might  live  as  comfortable  and  more 
free  from  care  than  their  employers  ;  as  they  have 
many  difficulties  to  encounter  from  which  the  ser- 
vant is  free,  and  sure  of  his  wages.  However,  it  is 
the  lot  of  all  Adam's  race  to  be  born  to  afflictions  ; 
servants  therefore,  have  them  more  or  less,  as  well 
as  others.  At  such  times  we  should  exercise  our 
charity,  and  be  the  more  ready  to  assist  each  other 
in  cases  of  sickness  or  misfortune;  as  we  know  not 
what  or  how  soon  it  may  be  our  own  case.  I  have 
known  some  instances  of  the  good  intentions  of  a 
kind  master  towards  an  afflicted  servant  often  to  be 
frustrated,  through  the  ill  nature  of  the  rest  of  the 
servants,  who  would  not  do  any  thing  for  him ;' 
thus,  the  poor  afflicted  creature  is  turned  out  of  the 


72 

house,  through  the  cruelty  of  his  own  companions. 
Such  persons  as  those  would  do  well  to  consider 
the  words  of  our  Lord  and  Saviour,  as  recorded  in 
Matthew,  7th  chapter,  and  2d  -verse  ;  "  With  what 
measure  you  mete  to  others,  it  shall  be  measured 
outco  you  again."  Therefore  consider,  my  young 
friends,  how  distressing  must  be  the  feelings  of  a 
servant  when  sick,  and  not  able  to  do  his  dutj''  any 
longer ;  and  especially  should  he  be  in  a  foreign 
country,  or  far  from  parents  or  relations  ;  for  rela- 
tions, we  generally  have  many,  but  'very  few 
friends ;  and  especially  at  such  a  period  as  that, 
when  on  a  bed  of  sickness  and  in  poverty. 

Now,  my  young  friends,  I  shall  give  a  few  words 
more  of  advice.  In  the  first  place,  my  advice  is, 
never  to  irritate  any  person  that  you  find  to  have  a 
contentious  spirit,  nor  hold  anj'  argument  with  such 
an  one.  Wherever  you  may  live,  strive  to  live  in 
peace  with  all;  make  as  many  friends  as  you  can, 
and  as  few  enemies  as  possible.  Watch  over  your 
own  temper  scrupulously^;  strive  not  to  provoke 
any  person,  not  even  a  foolish  or  conceited  person, 
for  if  you  reprove  such,  they  will  certainly  hate 
you,  when  a  wise  person  would  love  and  respect 
you.  Always  watch  over  the  failings  of  others,  as 
warning  to  yourself;  and  always  try  to  do  unto 
others,  as  you  would  they  should  do  unto  you. 
Keep  this  in  mind,  and  it  will  support  you  under  all 
your  vexations. 

Take  care  and  never  do  an  injury  to  any  ser- 
vant's character,  for  how  easy  they  may  be  thrown 
out  of  bread  through  it,  and  perhaps  led  to  greater 
evils.  Always  guard  againstbeing  influenced  to  do 
any  kind  of  injustice  to  your  comrade  servants, 
either  by  lying?  or  any  other  revengeful  spirit.  Re- 


73 

member  that  the  Lord  abhors  the  deceitful  man, 
and  will  not  let  him  go  unpunished  ;  for  Solomon 
sajs,  "  he  that  uttereth  a  slander  is  a  fool."  And 
when  we  recollect  that  a  servant  depends  wholly  on 
his  character  for  his  living,  we  should  be  very  care- 
ful what  we  say  of  each  other.  You  should  never 
oppress  any,  let  them  be  ever  so  wicked,  for  good 
David  saith,  "  God  shall  break  in  pieces  the  op- 
pressor," Psalm  72;  and  in  the  12th,  he  saith, 
"  For  the  oppression  of  the  poor  and  the  sighing  of 
the  needy,  now  will  I  arise,  saith  the  Lord  ;  I  will 
set  him  in  safety,  saith  the  Lord,  from  him  that  puf- 
feth  at  him." 

How  much  better  would  it  be  for  us  to  act  and 
do  as  holy  Job  did,  both  for  our  own  comfort  and 
for  the  comfort  of  those  around  us  :  hear  what  the 
good  man  says  in  chapter  39th.  "  I  was  eyes  to 
the  bUnd,  and  feet  was  I  to  the  lame,  I  was  a  father 
to  the  poor,  and  the  cause  which  I  knew  not,  I 
searched  out ;  and  I  break  the  jaws  of  the  wicked, 
and  plucked  the  spoil  out  of  his  teeth  ;"  therefore  I 
candidly  say  unto  each  of  ye,  go  and  do  ye  like- 
wise, as  far  as  it  is  in  your  power  so  to  do,  and  the 
Almighty  will  bring  you  safe  through  this  wicked 
world,  and  place  on  you  a  crown  of  glory  in  the 
next :  and  I  sincerely  hope  that  my  young  friends 
may  study  those  few  hasty  remarks  and  observa- 
tions which  I  have  here  laid  down,  and  now  con- 
clude with  giving  my  friends  some  observations 
on  the  behaviour  of  servants  at  their  meals. 


7* 


74 


BEHAVIOUR  OF  SERVANTS  AT  THEIR 
MEALS. 

Now,  my  friends,  having  had  the  pleasure  and 
gratification  of  bringing  je  in  perfect  order  to  wait 
on  jour  superiors,  1  will  therefore  give  ji'ou  some 
advice  and  observations  on  behaviour  and  pro- 
priety at  your  own  meals.  In  all  families  there  is 
or  should  be  a  proper  time  for  the  meals  in  the 
kitchen,  so  as  not  to  interfere  with  the  parlour 
hours,  as  the  servants  are  generally  busy  at  that 
lime.  All  the  help  should  be  ready,  if  possible,  to 
sit  down  together  at  their  meals,  unless  they  are 
hindered  by  their  employers  ;  therefore  you  should 
strive  to  regulate  your  work,  so  as  to  be  ready  to 
sit  down  together,  and  not  be  loitering  round  as 
some  do,  which  often  is  the  cause  of  sad  contention 
and  confusion  ;  for  where  one  comes  now  and  an- 
other at  another  time,  it  interferes  with  the  cook's 
business,  and  hinders  her  from  getting  her  work 
done  in  proper  season. 

Therefore,  you  should  all  sit  down  together 
thankfully,  not  to  quarrel  and  dispute  with  each 
other,  as  very  often  is  the  case  in  families,  and  mur- 
muring that  the  provisions  are  not  good  enough  ; 
this  (  have  often  seen  mjself  to  be  the  case,  with 
those  that  had  scarcely  ever  seen  or  known  the 
comfort  of  eating  a  good  meal,  before  they  entered 
a  gentleman's  service.  Flow  wicked  must  be  such 
conduct  towards  God,  who  has  made  their  cups  to 
run  over  with  good  things  ;  and  how  ungrateful 
must  it  be  to  their  employers,  who  provide  boun- 
tifully to  make  them  comfortable. 


75 

In  the  next  place  you  should  always  be  careful 
of  every  thing  belonging  to  your  employers,  and 
never  make  waste  of  any  thing  you  possibly  can 
avoid.  Whenever  you  draw  beer,  cider,  or  the 
like  for  dinner,  never  draw  more  than  you  think  is 
wanted  ;  for  it  is  better  to  go  twice  than  to  make 
waste,  and  the  old  saying  is  a  true  one,  "  that  a 
wilful  waste  often  makes  a  woful  want;"  this  I  have 
often  seen  fulfilled,  in  those  that  have  been  extrava- 
gant and  wasteful  of  the  provisions  under  their 
charge. 

My  young  friends,  supposing  you  were  in  your 
employer's  situation,  and  servants  under  your  com- 
mand, and  your  property  in  their  charge,  should 
you  not  think  them  very  wicked  and  dishonest, 
when  wasting  your  property  and  provisions?  only 
put  this  to  your  own  feelings,  and  it  will  give  you 
full  insight  how  you  should  act  towards  your  em- 
ployers ;  and  how  you  should  manage  the  proper- 
ty that  is  put  under  your  trust. 

Now,  my  friends,  I  shall  trespass  no  longer  by 
these  remarks,  but  give  you  some  few  observations 
how  you  should  conduct  yourself  at  table,  when  at 
meals.  Make  it  your  study  always  to  be  clean  at 
meal  times  ;  never  talk  much  while  eating  ;  be  po- 
lite and  help  all  round  before  yourself.  Never  be- 
gin any  vulgar  conversation  at  such  or  any  time.  I 
have  known  some  servants  that  were  so  rude,  and 
void  of  all  discretion,  as  to  use  the  most  vulgar 
conversation  during  meal  times,  which  was  a  dis- 
grace to  any  being,  and  ought  not  to  be  suffered  in 
a  gentleman's  family.  Always  behave  respectfully, 
and  never  stand  up  before  the  others  are  done,  un- 
less your  business  calls  you.  When  done  dinner, 
put  by  your  chair ;  never  leave  your  things  about 
for  others  to  wait  on  you,  for  in  this  station  every 


76 

one  should  attend  to  their  own  business.  When 
done,  you  should  always  offer  up  a  blessing  for  the 
good  you  have  received  ;  for  we  are  ordered  by 
the  Lord  to  receive  every  thing  with  thanksgiving 
and  prayer  ;  therefore  my  friends,  I  sincerely  hope 
that  these  examples  will  become  beneficial  to  all 
who  may  study  them.  I  shall  now  conclude 
these  remarks  and  instructions,  and  give  some 
hints  to  servants  in  general  on  their  dress. 


HINTS  TO  HOUSE  SERVANTS  ON  THEIR 
DRESS. 

Now,  David,  in  the  first  place  I  shall  address 
myself  particularly  to  you,  and  give  jou  a  few 
hasty  remarks  on  the  propriety  of  servants  in  dres- 
sing, &c.  There  is  no  class  of  people  that  should 
dress  more  neat  and  clean  than  a  house  servant, 
because  he  is  generally  exposed  to  the  eyes  of  the 
public  •,  but  his  dress,  though  neat  and  tidy,  should 
not  be  foppish  or  extravagant.  A  man  that  lives 
in  a  family  should  have  two  or  three  changes  of 
light  clothes  for  the  summer,  that  he  may  always 
appear  neat  and  clean.  You  should  likewise  have 
a  good  suit  of  clothes  on  purpose  to  wear  while 
waiting  on  dinner,  as  there  is  nothing  that  looks 
more  creditable  than  to  see  a  servant  well  dressed 
at  dinner.  It  is  a  credit  to  himself  and  the  family 
whom  he  has  the  honour  to  serve.  Make  it  a  rule 
always  to  brush  your  dinner  suit,  when  your  morn- 
ing's work  is  done,  and  every  thing  put  in  order, 
that  you  may  have  them  ready  when  you  want  to 
dress  for  dinner. 


77 


You  should  never  wear  thick  shoes  or  boots  in 
the  parlour,  or  waiting  on  dinner.  You  should 
have  a  pair  of  light  pumps,  on  purpose  for  din- 
ner, and  a  pair  of  slippers  is  the  best  thing  you  can 
wear  in  the  morning,  as  they  are  easy  to  your  feet 
while  running  about  and  doing  your  morning's  work; 
likewise  you  are  free  from  making  a  noise  to  dis- 
turb the  family  before  they  are  up.  You  must  al- 
ways be  very  clean  in  your  person,  and  wash  your 
face  and  comb  your  hair,  &c. 

In  the  next  place  wash  your  feet  at  least  three 
times  per  week,  as  in  summer  time  your  feet  gener- 
ally perspire  ;  a  little  weak  vinegar  and  water,  or 
a  little  rum  is  very  good  for  this  use,  as  it  is  a  stimu- 
lant, and  there  is  no  danger  of  taking  cold  after 
washing  in  either.  Servants  being  generally  on  .the 
foot  throughout  the  day,  it  must  cause  perspiration, 
which  makes  a  bad  smell,  which  would  be  a  very 
disagreeable  thing  to  yourself  and  the  company  on 
whom  you  wait. 

Now,  David,  there  is  one  thing  more  that  I  must 
caution  you  against,  that  is,  running  in  debt  for  fine 
clothes,  &c.  There  are  many  servants  that  practise 
this  to  their  utter  ruin,  all  through  pride  and  vanity, 
striving  even  to  outvie  their  master.  This  is  a  very 
unbecoming  thing  in  a  servant,  and  no  one  would 
do  so  but  an  ignorant  person  and  one  that  does  not 
know  his  place  :  because,  in  the  first  place,  his  cir- 
cumstances do  not  allow  it.  I  never  find  fault 
with  a  servant  to  dress  well,  and  always  to  be  clean 
and  tidy,  but  he  should  not  be  extravagant,  or  go 
above  his  ability.  I  have  known  several  servants 
who  dressed  so  foppish  that  it  looked  quite  ridicu- 
lous, and  myself  have  seen  those  very  same  servants 
afterwards  in  a  perfect  state  of  poverty,  and  with- 


78 

out  a  dollar  to  help  themselves.  Consider,  my  young 
friend,  that  when  sickness  comes  on,  and  no  friends 
or  relations  to  look  to  you,  and  no  money  laid  up  to 
support  you,  then  what  good  does  all  your  fine 
clothes  ?  does  not  your  pride  then  make  you  repent 
of  your  folly,  and  wish  that  you  had  been  more 
careful  of  your  money  ;  instead  of  spending  it  to 
support  your  ignorant  pride  and  folly  ?  It  absolute- 
ly makes  me  think  of  the  fable  of  the  frog  and  the 
ox ;  where  the  poor  conceited  frog  puffed  himself 
up,  thinking  to  be  as  large  as  the  ox,  but  at  length 
he  burst.  This  was  all  through  pride  'and  folly  ; 
and  this  I  compare  to  a  servant  that  strives  to  be  in 
fashion,  and  spend  all  his  money  ;  then  sickness 
comes  on,  and  he  sinks  in  poverty  and  death,  and  is 
no  more  thought  of  than  the  poor  frog.  But, 
my  young  friend,  I  sincerely  hope  that  this  never 
may  be  the  case  with  you,  nor  any  other  that  has  to 
earn  a  living  in  this  capacity;  for  the  holy  scrip- 
ture says,  that  "  the  servant  must  not  be  above  his 
master  ;"  therefore  I  hope  you  will  follow  those 
examples. 


REMARKS  ON  ANSWERING  THE  BELLS. 

This  is  a  part  of  a  house  servant's  business,  that 
requires  a  great  deal  of  attention.  Whenever  your 
parlour  or  drawing  room  bell  rings,  lose  no  time  in 
going  to  answer  it;  never  wait  to  finish  what  you 
are  about,  and  leave  the  bell  unanswered ;  you 
never  should  let  the  bell  ring  twice  if  you  possibly 
can  avoid  it,  for  it  seems  to  be  a  great  part  of  neg- 


79 

ligence  in  a  servant ;  besides,  it  is  an  aggravating 
thing  to  those  who  ring  twice  or  thrice  without  be- 
ing answered.  In  the  next  place,  when  your  front 
door  bell  rings,  you  must  always  step  quick  to  an- 
swer it,  before  it  rings  the  second  time;  because 
perhaps  it  might  be  some  person  of  distinction,  or 
on  some  business  of  great  importance  to  your  em- 
ployers, wherein  no  one  coming  to  answer  the  bell, 
they  might  go  away  and  think  that  the  family  are 
not  at  home. 

In  the  next  place,  you  should  never  admit  any 
person  or  persons  into  the  parlour  or  drawing  room, 
without  first  announcing  their  names  to  your  mis- 
tress or  master.  This  you  can  readily  find  out  by 
saying,  "  What  name  shall  I  say,  ma'am  ?"  or  "sir?" 
Therefore  by  this  way  you  will  find  out  whether 
your  employers  wish  to  see  them  or  not.  If  not, 
tell  them  your  mistress,  or  master,  or  whoever  they 
wish  to  see,  are  engaged,  &:c.  in  a  polite  and  civil 
manner. 

Now,  my  friend,  I  have  brought  you  so  far  as  to 
be  able  to  understand  the  whole  duty  of  an  house 
servant  perfectly.  I  shall  give  you  in  the  following 
pages,  all  the  useful  receipts  that  are  requisite  for 
a  house  servant  to  understand,  and  to  enable  him 
to  do  every  part  of  his  work  with  expedition  and 
to  perfection. 

All  those  receipts  that  I  am  going  to  lay  before 
you  and  the  public,  are  of  my  own  long  experience, 
which  I  can  recommend  to  be  genuine,  as  to  every 
thing  they  are  set  to ;  and  you  will  find  them  to  be 
genuine. 


RECEIPTS, 


1. TO   MAKE   THE   BEST    LIQUID    BLACKING. 

Take  two  quarts  ofsoiir  beer  or  porter, 'the  latter 
is  preferable, eight  ounces  of  bestivorj  black,  three 
ouncesof  molasses,  one  ounce  of  sugar  candy,  half 
an  ounce  of  gum-arabic,  half  an  ounce  of  oil  of  vit- 
riol, and  one  ounce  of  sweet  oil.  Let  your  ivory 
black  be  well  rubbed,  to  become  fine  and  free  from 
lumps  ;  mix  the  oil  with  the  black,  and  dissolve  the 
gum-arabic  in  some  warm  beer,  then  mix  all  the 
ingredients  well  together,  keep  it  corked  tight,  in  a 
jar  or  what  you  choose  to  put  it  in,  shake  it  well 
three  or  four  times  each  day  for  two  or  three  days, 
then  it  will  be  fit  for  use  :  and  if  used  as  the  direc- 
tions are  given  in  boot  and  shoe  cleaning,  it  will 
produce  a  brilliant  and  jet  black,  and  is  not  in  the 
least  any  way  injurious  to  leather. 


2. — TO    MAKE    BOOTS    OR   SHOES    WATER    PROOF. 

Take  one  pint  of  drying  oil,  two  ounces  of  good 
yellow  wax,  two  ounces  of  turpentine,  (not  spirits  of 
turpentine,)  half  an  ounce  of  burgundy  pitch,  melt 
all  these  ingredients  carefully  over  some  hot  coals, 
be  careful  that  the  blaze  does  not  get  to  it,  or  it  will 
catch  afire ;  when  they  are  all  melted  well  togeth- 


81 

er,  take  a  painter's  brush,  or  a  piece  of  flannel  tied 
on  the  end  of  a  stick,  then  apply  your  stuff  on  the 
boots  or  shoes  as  hot  as  possible  without  burning 
them,  set  them  some  distance  from  the  fire,  and 
when  they  become  dry,  apply  the  stuff  on  again  as 
before,  and  soon  until  the  leather  will  become  sat- 
urated and  hold  no  more ;  then  put  them  by  for 
some  time  before  you  use  them,  until  they  become 
dry  and  elastic;  this  method  will  make  them  im- 
penetrable to  wet  or  snow,  and  make  them  soft  and 
of  much  more  durability. 


3. TO    CLEAN    MAHOGANY    TURNITURE. 

Take  oae  pound,  or  whatever  quantity  you 
choose,  of  best  yellow  wax,  scrape  it  very  fine,  then 
put  it  into  a  pot  or  pipkin  for  that  purpose,  pour 
over  it  as  much  spirits  of  turpentine  as  will  cover  it 
well ;  you  must  let  it  stand  24  hours  before  you  use 
it.  If  your  furniture  is  to  be  perfectly  clear  and 
light  coloured,  you  may  not  add  any  thing  to  it. 
But  if  it  is  required  to  be  of  a  dark  colour,  you  may 
add  to  it  half  an  ounce  of  rose  pink,  or  alkanet 
root  in  fine  powder;  mix  them  well  together;  and 
with  a  soft  brush,  or  piece  of  flannel,  rub  quite  even 
over  the  tables,  or  whatever  furniture  you  are  go- 
ing to  clean;  rub  quick  and  even,  and  polish  off 
with  a  piece  of  flannel,  and  an  old  silk  handker- 
chief afterwards. 


4. — FURNITURE    OIL    FOR    MAHOGANY, 

Take  one  pint  of  cold  strained  linseed  oil,  half 
an  ounce  ofalkanet  root,  half  an  ounce  of  rose  pink, 
8 


82 

put  them  into  a  bottle  or  jar,  shake  it  up  well  to- 
gether. It  will  be  fit  for  use  in  twenty-four  hours  ; 
you  must  be  very  careful  when  putting  it  on  your 
furniture;  apply  it  on  with  a  piece  of  woollen  cloth 
or  flannel,  and  put  it  very  even  over  your  furni- 
ture, rub  it  quick  and  hard,  until  it  is  perfectly 
worked  in,  then  polish  off  with  linen  cloths,  and 
you  will  soon  have  a  beautiful  polish ;  you  must  be 
careful  and  rub  the  edges  of  your  tables  very 
clean,  that  the  ladies  or  gentlemen  may  not  get 
their  clothes  soiled. 


5. — ITALIAN    VARNISH,    MOST    SUPERB    FOR   FUR- 
NITURE. 

Melt  one  part  of  virgin  wax  (white)  in  eight 
parts  of  oil  petroleum,  lay  a  light  coat  of  this  very 
even  over  your  furniture  while  warm,  you  may 
put  it  on  with  a  badger's  brush ;  let  it  stand  for  ten 
or  fifteen  minutes,  then  polish  off  with  a  piece  of 
coarse  soft  cloth  or  flannel,  and  finish  with  an  old 
silk  handkerchief.  -Inexperienced  servants  should 
be  very  careful  how  they  apply  any  receipt  at  first, 
they  should  always  make  the  first  experiment  on 
some  article  of  little  value. 


6. — ITALIAN   POLISH   FOR     GIVING    FURNITURE   A 
BRILLIANT      LUSTRE. 

First,  melt  one  quarter  of  a  pound  of  best  yellow 
wax,  and  one  ounce  of  black  rosin  well  pounded  to 
powder,  put  them  into  a  pipkin,  or  something  else 


83 

for  that  purpose,  then  pour  over  them,  by  degrees, 
two  ounces  spirits  of  turpentine;  then  mix  it  well 
together  and  cover  it  close  for  use.  You  may  ap- 
ply this  on  your  furniture  with  a  piece  of  soft  wool- 
len cloth,  or  some  new  flannel,  be  careful  and  put 
it  on  even  and  light,  finish  off  with  a  piece  of  old 
silk  or  a  handkerchief;  in  a  few  applications  this 
will  produce  a  most  brilliant  and  hard  polish,  and 
is  not  so  liable  to  be  stained  by  the  heat  of  the 
dishes,  as  any  other  polish  now  in  use,  but  looks  as 
beautiful  as  the  finest  varnish. 


7. — TO   TAKE   INK  STAINS    OUT    OF   MAHOGANY. 

Dilute  one  teaspoonful  of  oil  of  vitriol  in  one 
tablespoonful  of  soft  water,  apply  it  to  the  parts 
affected,  with  a  small  piece  of  red  flannel,  rub  rath- 
er light  and  quick  until  the  spot  disappears,  then 
wash  off" with  a  little  milk;  rub  quick  until  dry, 
then  apply  your  polish,  &c.  Spirits  of  salts  will 
answer  the  same  purpose. 


8. — AN   EXCELLENT   ARTICLE    FOR   TABLES,    AFTER 
PARTIES,  &:C. 

Take  one  pint  of  milk,  one  ounce  of  spirits  of 
turpentine,  two  dessert  spoonfuls  of  sweet  oil,  mix 
them  well  together,  put  the  mixture  into  a  bottle  for 
use.  When  your  tables  are  very  dirty  and  stained 
with  wine  and  fruit,  after  a  party,  &c.  shake  up 
your  mixture  and  pour  some  out  into  an  old  sau- 


r^mm 


84 

cer,  or  any  thing  yon  may  have  for  that  purpose, 
dip  into  it  a  piece  of  flannel,  and  wash  your  tables 
quick  and  even  all  over,  then  dry  and  polish  off 
with  some  old  linen  cloths.  By  this  method,  your 
tables  will  become  a  fine  light  colour,  and  will 
look  most  beautiful  when  cleaned  oiF  with  your 
furniture  oil,  polish,  or  varnish. 


9. — TO    TAKE    THE    BLACK  OFF  THE  BARS  OF  POLISHED 

STEEL    GRATES. 

Take  one  pound  of  soft  soap,  one  quart  of  rain 
or  soft  water,  put  them  in  a  sauce  pan  and  boil  it 
down  to  one  pint,  then  take  some  of  this  jelly  and 
mix  it  with  some  emery,  No.  3.  and  apply  it  to  the 
bars  of  your  grate  with  a  piece  of  coarse  cloth. 
Rub  hard  and  quick,  and  it  will  remove  the  black 
in  a  iew  minutes. 


10. — TO      POLISH    THE     BRIGHT     BARS     OF     POLISHED 
STEEL   "GRATES,    OR    FIRE    IRONS. 

Take  some  rotten-stone  finely  powdered,  mix 
with  it  some  spirits  of  turpentine,  one  teaspoonful 
of  oil  of  vitriol,  one  tablespoonful  of  sweet  oil  ,•  mix 
all  well  together,  and  apply  it  with  a  piece  of 
coarse  woollen  cloth  to  the  bars  of  your  grate; 
rub  hard  and  quick,  wipe  hard  with  old  linen  or 
cotton  cloths,  and  polish  with  some  dry  rotten-stone 
and  a  piece  of  leather. 


85 


11. — THE   BEST   WAY   TO    CLEAN    A    POLISHED 
STEEL    GRATE. 

After  you  have  removed  the  black  from  off  the 
bar,  take  one  ounce  of  crocus,  one  tablespoonfulof 
sweet  oil,  mix  well  together,  then  add  spirits  of  wine 
or  Hollands  gin,  by  degrees,  until  your  mixture  is 
to  the  consistency  of  paint,  then  apply  it  to  your 
grate  or  fire  irons,  hard  and  quick,  with  a  piece  of 
coarse  woollen  cloth  ;  wipe  off  with  old  linen  or 
cotton  cloth,  and  polish  with  dry  whiting  and  leath- 
er. This  receipt,  if  properly  applied,  gives  a  most 
brilliant  polish,  and  repairs  brightness  of  steel,  and 
stands  the  fire  much  better  than  any  now  in  use. 


12. — FOR   THE    BLACK   PARTS    OR    INNER   HEARTH 
OF    A    GRATE. 

Take  some  best  black  lead  finely  powdered,  add 
to  it  the  whites  of  three  eggs  well  beaten,  then  pour 
into  it  some  sour  beer,  or  porter,  the  latter  is  pre- 
ferable, mix  it  well  together,  to  the  consistency  of 
liquid  blacking,  then  these  ingredients  must  be  sim- 
mered over  some  hot  coals  for  twenty  minutes  ; 
vfhtn  cold,  pour  it  into  a  junk  bottle  for  use;  apply 
it  on  your  grate  with  a  soft  brush,  and  polish  off 
quick  in  the  same  manner  as  you  would  a  boot. 
This  will  give  a  beautiful  polish,  and  hold  for  some 
time,  by  dusting  it  off  in  the  morning,  after  you 
make  your  fire,  with  an  old  cloth,  and  then  with 
your  hard  brush. 
8* 


86 


13. — ANOTHER   EXCELLENT    BLACK   MIXTURE   FOR 
THE    SAME. 

Take  some  good  fine  black  lead  finely  powder- 
ed, mix  with  three  sour  apples  beat  up  to  a  paste, 
then  pour  on  some  good  vinegar  till  it  is  to  the 
consistency  of  blacking,  and  apply  it  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  preceding  receipt;  this  will  give  a 
beautiful  polish. 


15. A  BEAUTIFUL  SECRET  TO  CLEAN  BRASS  OR 

COPPER. 

Dissolve  in  one  quart  of  rain  or  soft  water,  one 
ounce  of  oxalic  acid,  shake  it  well  up  together,  then 
add  half  an  ounce  of  butter  of  antimony  ;  bottle  it 
and  cork  close  for  use.  This  composition  will  not 
soil  any  thing  it  touches,  it  is  excellent  for  cleaning 
the  brass  on  bureaus,  or  the  brass  on  the  front  door, 
&c.  It  will  likewise  take  stains  out  of  Mahogany  ; 
this  must  be  applied  with  a  piece  of  mantle  cloth, 
or  white  flannel  is  preferable  as  it  is  soft ;  wipe  off 
quick  with  a  soft  linen  cloth,  and  polish  with  leath- 
er. This  will  stand  the  heat  of  the  fire  better  than 
any  method  in  use,  and  is  clean  for  the  hands,  or 
any  thing  it  touches.  Always  shake  it  up  before  use. 


15. — TO    GIVE   BRITANNIA   METAL    A    BEAUTIFUL 
POLISH. 

Take  half  a  pound  of  lump  whiting,  as  it  is  free 
from  grit  or  sand,  scrape  it  and  roll  it  into  fine  povv- 


87 

der,  then  add  to  it  one  wine  glass  full  of  sweet  oil, 
and  one  tablcspoonful  of  soft  soap.;  mix  these  well 
together,  then  add  by  degrees,  some  New-England 
rum,  or  spirits  of  wine,  to  the  consistency  of  cream. 
Apply  it  to  the  article  with  a  soft  sponge  or  piece 
of  flannel,  quick  and  even  ;  wipe  otT  with  a  piece 
of  old  linen  or  cotton  cloth,  dust  over  some  dry 
whiting  and  polish  with  leather. 


15. ANOTHER  BEAUTIFUL  POLISH  FOR  BLACK 

GRATES. 

Take  the  whites  of  six  eggs,  beat  them  up  to  a 
froth,  then  add  half  a  pound  of  black  lead,  mix  well 
together,  then  add  spirits  of  turpentine  until  it  is  to 
the  consistency  of  liquid  blacking;  apply  it  with  a 
brush  as  you  would  black  a  boot.  Polish  with  a 
hard  brush,  and  it  will  become  a  brilliant  polish. 


17. TO  MAKE  THE  BEST  PLATE  POWDER. 

Take  half  a  pound  of  chalk,  scrape  it  and  roll  it 
into  powder,  then  sift  it  through  a  fine  sieve,  then 
mix  into  it  half  an  ounce  of  quicksilver  ;  when  well 
mixed,  add  two  ounces  of  hartshorn  balls  in  fine 
powder,  then  mix  all  extremely  well  together.  To 
use  this,  take  some  of  this  powder  and  apply  it  lo 
your  plate  with  your  naked  hand,  observing  to  rub 
it  well  and  even  all  over;  then  polish  off"  with  your 
leather  ;  or  take  some  of  the  powder  and  work  it 
into  your  shammy  leather,  and  rub  your  plate  per- 


^^ 


88 

fectly  well  and  even,  and  polish  as  the  other. 
The  best  way  to  use  this  is  to  make  it  wet,  as  you 
can  apply  it  more  even,  and  is  much  the  safest  way 
for  new  beginners;  to  wet  this  properly,  take  some 
spirits  of  wine  and  wet  it  till  it  becomes  to  the 
consistency  of  cream,  then  take  a  piece  of  soft 
sponge,  and  rub  your  plate  well  and  even  all  over. 
Wipe  off  with  your  leather  and  polish  with  a  clean 
leather  ;  this  will  give  your  plate  a  most  beautiful 
lustre.  Once  a  week  is  enough  to  clean  with  this 
powder,  hot  soap  suds  must  be  used  at  other  times. 


18. ANOTHER  WAY,  MOST  SUPERB,  TO  CLEAS  PLATE. 

Dissolve  in  one  quart  of  rain  or  soft  water,  one 
ounce  of  prepared  hartshorn  powder,  mix  it  well 
together,  and  put  it  into  a  saucepan  on  some  hot 
coals,  so  as  to  be  scalding  hot,  then  put  into  it  as 
much  plate  as  the  vessel  may  hold,  that  they  may 
be  covered,  let  it  boil  a  little,  then  take  it  out  and 
drain  it  over  a  saucepan,  and  let  it  dry  before  the 
fire,  then  put  in  some  more,  and  so  on  until  you 
have  it  all  done;  then  put  in  some  clean  linen 
rags,  and  leave  them  to  soak  up  all  the  water  ; 
these  will  be  excellent  to  clean  the  plates  of  doors 
or  any  kind  of  brasses.  Polish  your  silver  when 
dry,  with  soft  leather. 


19. Af^OTHER    EXCELLENT    PLATE    POWDER,    BY 

J.  R.  W.       LONDON. 

Take  one  ounce  of  zinc,  melt  it  in  an  iron  ladle, 
then  put  to  it  two  ounces  of  quicksilver,  then  turn 


89 

this  mixture  out  on  some  strong  brown  paper,  pound 
and  roll  it  fine,  then  pound  and  sift  two  pounds  of 
best  cake  whiting,  mix  them  well  together,  then 
mix  in  half  an  ounce  of  good  vermilion,  rub  and 
mix  them  well  up  together.  If  you  choose  to  use 
it  wet,  add  to  some  of  the  powder  spirils  of  wine, 
sufficient  to  make  it  the  thickness  of  cream  ;  rub 
your  plate  well  and  even  with  a  piece  of  soft  sponge 
dipped  in  this  mixture,  and  polish  off  with  your 
shammy  leather.  This  powder,  if  properlj' made 
and  used,  will  give  a  most  brilliant  and  elegant 
lustre  to  silver,  &c. 


20. TO    CLEAN    PLATED    ARTICLES    OF    ALL    DESCRIP- 
TIONS. 

Take  an  ounce  of  killed  quicksilver,  this  you 
may  get  at  the  apothecary's,  mix  with  this  half  a 
pound  of  best  cake  whiting  pounded  and  sifted, 
then  dried  before  you  put  in  the  quicksilver.  When 
dry,  mix  these  well  together,  and  put  the  powder 
into  a  bottle  for  use  ;  when  your  plated  things  want 
cleaning,  take  a  little  of  this  powder  and  wet  it 
with  some  spirits  of  wine,  or  New-England  rum,  and 
rub  the  articles  lightly  over  with  a  soft  sponge. 
Once  a  fortnight  is  sufficient  for  plated  ware  to  be 
cleaned  with  this  powder.  Good  hot  and  strong 
soap  suds  is  the  best  to  use  for  plated  ware,  the 
rest  of  the  time,  and  to  be  wiped  quick  out  of  the 
hot  suds,  with  soft  cloths,  and  polished  after  with 
your  shammy  leather, 


90 


21. — TO    CLEAN   JAPANNED   TEA    AND    COFFEE    URNS. 

Take  one  ounce  of  crocus,  and  half  an  ounce  of 
rotten-stone,  pound  and  mix  them  well  together, 
then  sift  it,  let  this  mixture  be  a  little  darker  than 
the  urns.  You  need  not  use  rotten-stone  if  you 
can  get  the  crocus  powder  dark  enough.  Clean 
your  urns  with  this  powder,  as  directed  for  clean- 
ing plate,  &,c. 


22. TO  PRESERVE  IRON  OR  STEEL  FROM  RUSTING. 

Take  a  piece  of  mutton  suet,  the  skin  part  that 
is  over  the  kidneys  is  the  best  for  this  purpose;  rub 
the  bars  of  your  grate  or  fire  irons  well  over  with 
this,  then  take  some  fresh  unslacked  lime,  put  it 
into  a  piece  of  muslin  and  dust  it  well  over  whatev- 
er you  have  to  preserve.  By  this  method  you 
may  preserve  iron  or  steel  for  many  months,  and 
no  damp  can  penetrate  to  them.  Fire  arms  should 
he  kept  well  wrapped  up  in  baize,  or  paper,  and 
laid  by  in  a  dry  place.  This  is  an  excellent  way 
to  preserve  best  knives  that  you  wish  to  lay  by  for 
any  length  of  time,  or  that  are  to  be  exported. 


23. — TO  TAKE  RUST  OUT  OF  STEEL,  &C. 

Rub  your  steel  that  is  rusty  well  over  with  a 
piece  of  flannel  dipped  in  salad  oil,  no  other  oil 
will  answer,  as  there  generally  is  water  in  all  other 
kinds.   When  you  have  rubbed  them  well  over  with 


91 

the  oil,  then  shake  a  little  hot  slacked  lime  over 
thera  and  let  them  lay  in  a  dry  place  for  48  hours ; 
then  take  some  fresh  unslacked  lime  finely  powder- 
ed, and  rub  quick  and  hard  until  the  rust  disap- 
pears ;  then  polish  off  with  dry  whiting,  or  crocus, 
and  shammy  leather.  This  is  a  most  excellent 
plan,  if  only  properly  done,  as  is  here  directed. 


24. — TO   BLACKEN     THE    TRONT     OP   STONE    CHIMNEY 
PIECES. 

Mix  oil,  varnish,  spirits  of  turpentine,  and  lamp- 
black, thin  it  to  the  consistency  of  thin  paint,  wash 
the  stone  very  clean  with  hot  soap  suds,  sponge  it 
off  with  clean  warm  water,  then  when  perfectly  dry, 
take  a  painter's  brush  and  put  on  a  very  smooth 
coat,  let  that  dry^  then  put  on  another,  observe  to 
sift  the  lampblack  before  used,  and  this  will  give  a 
most  beautiful  appearance,  and  look  like  varnish. 


25. — ANOTKER  EXCELLENT  WAY  TO  CLEAN  BLACK 
GRATES. 

Boil  one  quarter  of  a  pound  of  best  black  lead 
in  one  piutof  beer  or  porter,  add  one  tablespoonful 
of  good  soft  soap;  when  it  boils,  take  it  off  the 
fire,  and  when  you  are  going  to  polish  your  grate, 
brush  off  all  the  dust  from  it,  and  with  a  painter's 
brash  apply  this  mixture  quite  even  on  the  grate, 
then  polish  it  off  quick  with  a  hard  brush,  and  you 
will  have  a  beautiful  appearance  to  your  grate. 


92 


26.--TO  CLEAN    MIRRORS  AND  LOOKING  GLASSES. 

Clean  ofFthe  fly  Stains  and  other  soils,  with  a 
piece  of  soft  flannel  dipped  in  gin,  wipe  dry  with 
soft  linen  cloths,  and  polish  off"  with  a  soft  dry  flan- 
nel and  powder  blue  5  finish  with  a  silk  handker- 
chief;  this  is  an  excellent  way  to  clean  all  kinds 
of  looking  glasses,  &c. 

The  author  had  this  receipt  from  one  of  the 
largest  looking  glass  manufacturers  in  London. 


27.— TO   MAKE    A   BEAUTIFUL   BLACK   VARNISH. 

Take  gum  lac  four  ounces,  sanderach  and  black 
rosin,  of  each  one  ounce,  pulverise  all  separately  ; 
dissolve  the  rosin  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  spirits 
of  wine,  then  add  the  sanderach  ;  as  soon  as  dis- 
solved, add  the  powder  of  gum  lac  ;  mix  them  all 
well  together,  and  strain  the  mixture  through  a  thin 
linen  cloth.  The  black  colour  is  to  be  given  by 
mixing  into  it  drachms  of  ivory  black. 


28. TO    GIVE   SILVER   A   BEAUTIFUL   POLISH. 

Scrape  very  fine  four  ounces  of  good  white  soap, 
pour  on  it  one  pint  of  rain  or  soft  water,  scalding 
hot,  dissolve  in  that  water  half  an  ounce  of  wine  ley 
dried  in  cakes,(this  you  can  get  at  the  apothecaries) 
and  the  same  quantity  of  pearl  ashes  ;  mix  them 
all  well  together,   apply  it  with  a  sponge  on  your 


93 


silver,  and  wash  off  in  hot  soap  suds,  and  dry  off 
with  hot  cloths,  which  you  must  have  hung  be- 
fore the  fire  for  that  purpose ;  afterwards  polish 
with  your  siiammy  leather. 


29. AN  EXCELLENT  MASTICK  FOR  MENDING  GLASS, 

CHINA,    StC. 

Take  whites  of  eggs,  soft  curd  cheese,  and 
quicklime,  of  each  an  equal  quantity  in  weight, 
then  begin  and  beat  them  all  well  together  until 
the  mastick  becomes  quite  smooth  ;  this  may  be 
used  in  most  all  kinds  of  ware  ;  it  will  cement 
broken  glass,  so  as  to  stand  fire  or  hot  water  with- 
out having  the  smallest  effect  on  the  part  cement- 
ed, but  stand  like  new. 


30. A    WASH    TO    REVIVE    OLD    DEEDS,    OR    OTHER 

AVRITINGS. 

Boil  gall  nuts  in  white  wine,  and  steep  a  sponge 
in  this  solution,  then  pass  it  smoothly  over  the  old 
writings,  &c.  and  they  will  appear  directly  as  new 
as  when  first  wrote. 


31. AN  EXCELLENT  WAY  TO  PREVENT  ELIES  FROM 

SETTLING    ON     PICTURES,      OR    MAKING    DIRT    ON 

FURNITURE. 

Take  a  large  bunch  of  leeks  and  soak  them  in  a 
pail  of  soft  water  for  24  hours,  then  squeeze  the 
leeks  out  of  the  water,  let  it  stand  for  half  an 
hour,  then  strain  it  off  and  bottle  for  use  ;  in  the 
fly  season  take  a  sponge  and  wash  your  pictures 
9 


94 


or  any  furniture  whatever,  with  this  solution,  and 
the  flies  will  never  come  near  it,  or  make  any  dirt 
on  it.  This  is  a  valuable  receipt  for  private  fam- 
ilies, &c. 


32. TO    REMOVE    FLIES    PROM    ROOMS. 

Take  half  a  teaspoonful  of  black  pepper,  in  pow- 
der, one  teaspoonful  of  brown  sugar,  and  one  table- 
spoonful  of  cream  ;  mix  them  well  together,  and 
place  them  in  the  room,  on  a  plate,  where  the  flies 
are  troublesome,  and  they  will  soon  disappear. 


33. — -TO    RENDER    OLD    PICTURES  AS  PINE  AS    NEW. 

Boil  in  a  new  pipkin  for  the  space  of  one  quar- 
ter of  an  hour,  one  quarter  of  a  pound  of  bril.  or 
grey  ash,  and  a  little  Genoa  soap  ;  when  it  is  luke- 
warm take  a  soft  piece  of  sponge  and  pass  it  even 
all  over  your  pictures  ;  when  dry,  pass  over  it 
very  lightly  some  olive  die,  and  in  five  minutes 
wipe  it  off  with  a  piece  of  old  silk,  or  soft  linen 
cloth  ;  this  will  make  your  pictures  look  as  well, 
and  have  as  fine  a  gloss,  as  when  new. 


34. A  VARNISH  WHICH  SUITS  ALL  KINDS  OF  PIC- 
TURES AND  PRINTS,  AND  MAKES  THEM  SHINE 
LIKE    GLASS. 

Dilute  one  quarter  of  a  pound  of  Venice  turpen- 
tine in  one  gill  of  spirits  of  wine,  if  too  thick,  add 
some  more  spirits  of  wine,  until  of  the  consistency 
of  milk,  then  lay  one  coat  of  this  on  the  right  side 
of  the  print  or  picture,  and  when  dry  it  will  shine 
like  glass  ;  if  not  to  your  satisfaction,  lay  on  anoth- 
er coat,  and  it  will  have  a  most  brilliant  effect. 


95 

35. TO    TAKE   INK-SPOTS  OUT  OF  MAHOGANY. 

Take  a  piece  of  clean  white  flannel,  dip  it  into 
some  spirits  of  salts,  apply  it  quick  to  the  part  af- 
fected, until  removed,  then  wash  it  off  with  a  little 
cream  esf  milk,  and  rub  off  dry ;  don't  let  it  stand 
too  long  on  it. 


36.— A  MOST  DELICIOUS  SALAD    SAUCE,    BY  J.  R.  W. 

Take  the  yolks  of  four  hard-boiled  eggs,  rub 
them  through  a  sieve,  and  add  to  them  one  tea- 
spoonful  of  salt,  mix  well  up,  then  add  two  table- 
spoonsful  of  made  mustard,  stir  well  up,  then  add 
by  one  spoonful  at  each  time,  six  spoonsful  of 
salad  oil  ;  mix  this  well  together  until  it  becomes 
as  smooth  as  mustard,  then  put  in  one  teaspoon- 
fol  of  anchovy  sauce,  and  one  gill  of  cream  or  new 
milk,  and  stir  well  together;  and  last  of  all  put  in 
by  degrees  some  good  vinegar ;  I  don't  state  the 
quantity  of  this,  as  some  is  much  stronger  than 
others,  this  must  lay  in  your  own  taste.  Should 
you  make  it  too  sharp  with  vinegar,  add  one  table- 
spoonful  of  fine  white  sugar  in  powder,  this  will 
soften  it,  and  give  it  an  excellent  flavour.  Bottle 
it  for  use.  This  will  keep  for  any  length  of  time, 
in  the  hottest  weather  ;  and  is  excellent  with  any 
kind  of  salad  or  boiled  slaw,  and  is  a  fine  relish 
with  fish.  Shake  it  well  up  before  you  put  it  on 
your  salad. 


37. A    GREAT    SECRET    TO   MIX  MUSTARD,  BY  M.  B. 

OF    LONDON. 

Take  one  quart  of  water  that  corned  beef  has 
been  boiled  in,  skim  off  any  fat  that  may  remain, 


96 

then  strain  it,  and  when  cool  put  it  into  a  junk  bot- 
tle, then  grate  some  horseradish,  about  two  dessert 
spoonsful,  and  put  into  the  bottle  and  shake  it  well 
up,  and  cork  it  tight.  When  you  want  to  mix 
your  mustard,  take  whatever  quantum  you  think 
necessary,  but  you  should  never  mix  more  than 
half  your  mustard  pot  full  at  once,  as  it  is  better 
when  first  mixed  ;  first  put  the  flour  of  mustard 
in  a  tea  cup,  add  to  it  half  a  teaspoonful  of  salt, 
mix  well  together,  then  put  in  your  liquor,  by 
degrees,  that  you  may  not  make  it  too  thin, 
mix  extremely  well  together,  until  it  becomes 
quite  smooth  ;  this  method  of  mixing  mustard  is 
absolutely  the  best  I  have  ever  met  with,  as  it 
much  surpasses  any  other,  both  in  strength  and 
flavour. 


38. TO  EXTRACT  OIL  FROM  BOARDS. 

Make  a  strong  ley  of  pearl  ashes  and  soft  wa- 
ter, then  add  some  fresh  unslacked  lime,  stir  it 
extremely  well  together,  then  let  it  stand  for  fif- 
teen minutes,  and  bottle  it  off,  and  cork  it  close. 
Before  you  use  it,  have  some  water  ready  to  low- 
er it,  as  it  generally  is  very  powerful ;  then  scour 
the  part  affected,  and  rinse  it  with  clean  soft  water. 
Don't  let  the  liquor  lay  too  long  on  the  part  af- 
fected, or  it  will  remove  the  colour  from  the 
board,  &c.  therefore  you  must  do  it  with  care  and 
expedition. 

49. TO    COLOUR   ANY    KIND    OF    LIQ,U0R. 

Take,  in  coarse  powder,  half  an  ounce  of  santu- 
lum  rubium,  put  it  into  a  bottle  of  a  quart  measure. 


97 


then  pour  on  the  powder  three  half  pints  of  spirits 
of  wine,  and  in  five  or  six  hours  it  will  be  a  very 
high  tincture,  and  will  be  fit  to  give  a  colour  to 
any  kind  of  liquid  that  you  choose,  by  pouring 
some  of  it  into  the  liquor  and  shaking  it  very  well. 


40, TO    MAKE    LIQ,UID     CURRANT    JAM,    OF    THE 

riRST  Q,UALITT. 

Take  four  pounds  of  clean  picked  currants,  put 
aside  two  and  a  half  pounds  of  them,  and  squeeze 
the  remainder;  then  put  this  in  a  preserving  pan, 
with  four  pounds  of  sugar;  when  come  to  a  syrup, 
put  in  the  remainder  of  the  whole  currants  along 
with  the  one  and  a  half  pounds  of  juice,  and  boil  it 
to  the  greatest  perfection. 


41. A    SECRET   AGAINST    ALL    KINDS    OF  SPOTS    ON 

CLOTH    OR    SILK,      OF    ANY    COLOUR. 

Take  a  water  impregnate  with  alkaline  salt, 
black  soap,  and  bullock's  'gall ;  this  composition 
will  take  out  any  kind  of  spots  from  any  kind  of 
cloth,  silk,  &c.  Rinse  off  with  soft  warm  water. 


43.— KOW  TO  MAKE    ALL    KINDS    OF    SYRUPS,    WITH 
ALL    SORTS    OF    FLOWERS. 

Heat  in  a  pan  half  a  pint  of  water,  then  put  into 
it  sugar  to  the  quantity  of  flowers;  boil,  skim,  and 
thicken  it  to  a  proper  consistency ;  when  done, 
put  it  into  a  glazed  pot  or  pan  and  cover  it  over 
with  a  linen  cloth,  through  which  pour  the  syrup 
,    9* 


98 

upon  the  flowers;  these  being  deadened,  put  alto- 
gether again  into  the  same  piece  of  linen,  and 
squeeze  thera ;  strain  it  into  another  vessel,  then 
bottle  and  cork  it  close ;  the  quantity  of  sugar 
requisite  for  this  syrup  is  generally  one  pound  and 
a  half  to  every  four  ounces  of  flowers.  Observe 
that  all  kinds  of  flowers  must  be  picked  and  clean- 
ed of  their  cups  and  stems,  and  nothing  but  their 
leaves  made  use  of. 


43 TO  MAKE  AN  EXCELLENT  CURRANT  JELLY. 

Dissolve  in  water  four  pounds  of  loaf  sugar  to  a 
strong  syrup,  then  take  four  pouuds  of  clean  pick- 
ed currants,  then  put  them  into  the  syrup,  and 
boil  so  as  to  have  them  covered  with  the  bubbles  : 
after  six  minutes  such  a  boil,  take  the  pan  from 
the  fire,  and  pour  the  contents  into  a  sieve,  strain 
off"  all  the  liquor,  then  put  this  liquor  again  into 
the  pan,  and  when  you  want  to  try  it  take  a  little 
with  the  skimmer  and  put  it  on  a  plate,  if  it  con- 
geals as  it  cools,  it  is  fit  to  pot. 

N.  B.  Those  who  want  to  spare  sugar  and 
have  a  great  quantity  of  syrup  or  jelly,  at  a  small 
expence,  may  apply  only  four  pounds  of  sugar  to 
six  pounds  of  currants,  only  observing  to  do  it 
rather  more  than  in  the  manner  above  ;  and  by 
this  method  you  will  save  a  great  deal  of  expence 
in  making  a  large  quantity  of  jelly. 


44. A  MOST  DELICIOUS  LEMONADE,  TO  BE  MADE 

THE  DAY  BEFORE  WANTED. 

Take  and  pare  two  dozen  of  good  sized  lemons 
as  thin  as  3^ou  possibly  can ;  put  eight  of  the  I'inds 


99 

into  three  quarts  of  hot  water,  but  not  boiling, 
cover  it  close  over  for  four  hours,  then  rub  some 
sugar  to  the  rinds  to  attract  the  essence,  and  put 
it  into  a  bowl,  and  into  which  squeeze  the  juice 
of  the  lemons;  to  which  add  one  pound  and  a 
half  of  fine  sugar,  then  put  the  water  to  the  above, 
and  three  quarts  of  boiling  milk,  mix  and  run 
through  a  jelly  bag  until  clear;  bottle  it,  if  you 
choose,  and  cork  close ;  this  will  be  most  excel- 
lent, and  will  Jceep. 


45. — LEMONADE    THAT    HAS    THE    APPEARANCE 
AND    FLAVOUR    OF    JELLY. 

Pare  two  Seville  oranges,  and  six  lemons,  as  thin 
as  possible,  steep  them  for  four  hours  in  one  quart 
of  hot  water,  then  boil  one  pound  and  a  quarter  of 
loaf  sugar  in  three  pints  of  water,  skim  it,  and  then 
add  the  two  liquors  to  the  juice  of  six  good  or- 
anges, and  twelve  lemons :  stir  the  whole  well 
together,  and  run  it  through  a  jelly  bag  until  clear, 
then  add  a  little  orange  water,  if  you  like  the  fla- 
vour, and  if  wanted,  you  may  add  more  sugar ;  if 
corked  tight  it  will  keep  a  long  time. 


47. — TO    MAKE    RASPBERRY     VINEGAR    MOST    DELI- 
CIOUS. 

Put  one  quart  of  clean  picked  raspberries  into  a 
large  bowl,  pour  on  them  one  quart  of  best. white 
wine  vinegar,  the  next  day  strain  off  the  liquor  on 
one  pound  of  fresh  raspberries,  and  the  following 
day  do  the  same,  but  do  not  squeeze  the  fruit,  but 


100 

drain  the  liquor  as  dry  as  possible  from  the  fruit ; 
the  last  time  pass  it  through  a  cloth  wet  in  vinegar, 
to  prevent  any  waste,  then  put  it  into  a  stone  jar, 
with  a  pound  of  sugar  to  every  pint  of  juice,  let 
your  sugar  be  in  large  lumps,  as  it  is  much  better; 
when  dissolved  stir  it  up  well,  put  your  jar  in  a 
pot  of  hot  water,  let  it  simmer,  skim  well  and 
when  cold  bottle  and  cork  close. 


47. — TO    MAKE  BEST  WINE  VINEGAR  IN    ONE    HOUR. 

Take  some  rye  flour  and  dilute  it  with  some  of 
the  best  and  strongest  vinegar  you  can  find,  make 
a  thin  round  cake,  bake  it  in  the  oven,  then  pound 
it  into  fine  powder,  then  wet  it  as  before,  and  bake 
again  ;  repeat  this  operation  three  or  four  times, 
then  if  you  hang  the  last  made  cake  while  hot,  by 
a  cord,  in  a  cask  of  wine,  you  will  have  most  ex- 
cellent vinegar  in  one  hour. 


48. AN  EXCELLENT  PREPARATION  FOR  VINEGAR. 

Take  white  cinnamon,  long  pepper,  and  Cyprus, 
of  each  one  ounce,  round  pepper  half  an  ounce, 
and  two  nutmegs  •,  pulverize  each  article  separate, 
and  put  them  in  so  many  different  bags,  then 
take  five  quarts  of  the  best  vinegar,  put  into  each 
quart  one  of  the  bags,  and  boil  separately  each 
quart  for  three  minutes,  and  so  on  until  all  are 
done,  observing  to  keep  each  quart  and  bag  by  it- 
self in  different  vessels  ;  then  boil  separately  six 
quarts  of  best  wine,  then  season  your  cask  by  rins- 
ing it  out  with  vinegar,  then  pour  in  your  boiled 
» 


101 

wines  and  vinegars  and  then  half  fill  your  cask 
with  the  worst  spoiled  wine,  and  stop  it  up  until 
the  vinegar  is  made,  then  draw  off  what  you 
please,  but  fill  up  again  with  the  same  quantity 
that  you  draw  off,  of  your  bad  wine ;  by  this  pro- 
cess you  can  draw  off  and  fill  again  for  a  number 
of  times,  and  it  will  be  a  most  excellent  flavoured 
vinegar. 


49. — A   DRY   POET  ABLE    VINEGAR,    OR  VINAIGRE  EN 
POUDRE, 

Wash  clean  in  warm  water  one  pound  of  white 
tartar,  dry  it  and  powder  it  as  fine  as  possi})le,  wet 
this  with  the  best  sharp  vinegar,  dry  it  an  oven 
after  the  bread  comes  out,  or  before  the  fire, 
powder  and  wet  it  as  before,  and  so  on  for  ten  or 
a  dozen  times,  and  you  will  have  an  excellent  vin- 
egar powder  that  will  turn  water  into  vinegar; 
this  is  excellent  for  travelling  parties  to  carry  with 
them. 


50. — TO    TURN    GOOD    WINE    INTO    VINEGAR    IN 
THREE     HOURS. 

Put  into  any  quantity  of  wine  you  choose,  say 
one  gallon  for  the  experiment,  one  red  beet,  and 
in  three  hours,  it  will  be  sour  and  true  vinegar. 
By  J.  R.  W. 

51. TO  RESTORE  THAT  SAME  WINE    TO    ITS    FIRST 

TASTE. 

Take  out  the  beet,  and  in  its  stead  put  a  clean 
cabbage  root,  and  it  will  return  to  its  primary 
taste  in  the  same  space  of  time. 


102 


52 TO  CORRECT  A  BAD  TASTE  OR  SOURNESS  IN 

WINE. 

Put  into  a  clean  linen  bag  one  or  two  roots  of 
wild  horseradish  cut  in  fine  pieces,  let  it  hang 
down  through  the  bung  hole  into  the  wine,  by  a 
piece  of  twine,  let  it  stay  there  for  two  days,  then 
take  that  out,  and  put  in  another  in  the  same  man- 
ner, and  repeat  until  the  wine  is  perfectly  restored. 


53, — TO  PRESERVE  GOOD  WINE  TO  THE  LAST. 

Take  the  bulk  of  your  two  fists  of  the  inside 
bark  of  the  alder  tree,  which  is  green,  pour  on  it 
one  pint  of  the  best  spirits  of  wine,  let  this  infuse 
for  three  days,  then  strain  it  ofi"  through  a  linen 
cloth,  then  pour  this  infusion  into  a  hogshead  of 
wine,  this  wine  will  keep  for  twelve  years,  or  long- 
er, if  wanted. 


54. TO  RECOVER  A  PERSON    FROM    INTOXICATION. 

Make  the  person  that  is  intoxicated  drink  a 
glass  of  vinegar,  or  a  c-up  of  strong  coffee  without 
milk  or  sugar,  or  a  glass  of  hot  wine.  Any  of 
those  articles  are  a  most  safe  and  quick  remedy  to 
recover  a  person  from  intoxication. 


25. TO  MAKE  RASPBERRY,  STRAWBERRY,  CHERRY, 

AND    ALL     KINDS     Or    WATERS. 

Take  any  quantity  of  the  ripest  raspberries, 
squeeze  them  through  a  linen  cloth,  to  extract  the 
juice  from  them,  put  this  in  a  glass  bottle  uncork- 


103 

ed  placed  in  the  sun  or  on  a  stove  until  it  is  clear- 
ed down,  then  pour  it  gently  into  another  bottle 
without  disturbing  the  sediment,  to  half  a  pint  of 
this  put  ©ne  quart  of  water,  and  sugar  to  your 
taste,  pour  it  from  one  vessel  to  the  other,  strain 
it,  and  put  it  in  ice  to  cool,  this  will  be  a  most  de- 
licious cool  drink  in  hot  weather,  and  extremely 
safe  in  perspirations. 


56. LEMONADE  WATER  OF  A  DELICIOUS  FLAVOUR. 

Dissolve  one  pound  of  loaf  sugar  in  two  quarts 
of  water,  grate  over  it  the  yellow  of  five  large 
lemons,  then  mix  in  twelve  drops  of  essential  oil 
of  sulphur,  when  going  to  mix  your  liquid,  cut 
thin  some  slices  of  lemons,  and  keep  it  cool  and  it 
will  be  most  excellent. 


57. ANOTHER    EXCELLENT     LEMONADE,    BY    R.  R., 

THE    AUTHOR    OF    THIS    BOOK. 

Take  one  gallon  of  water,  put  to  it  the  juice  of 
ten  good  lemons,  and  the  zeasts  of  six  of  them 
likewise,  then  add  to  this  one  pound  of  sugar,  and 
mix  it  well' together,  strain  it  through  a  fine  strain- 
er, and  put  it  in  ice  to  cool;  this  will  be  a  most 
delicious  and  fine  lemonade. 


58. TO  WHITEN  IVORY  THAT  HAS  BEEN  SPOILED. 

Take  some  soft  water,  dissolve  in  it  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  rock  alum,  so  as  to  render  the  water 
quite  milky,  then  boil  this  liquor,  then  soak  the 
handles  of  your  knives,  forks,  &c.  for  one  hour, 


L. 


104 

then  take  an  old  tooth  brush  and  brush  them  well 
over,  after  which  wrap  them  in  a  wet  linen  cloth 
to  dry  leisurely,  otherwise  it  is  apt  to  split.  This 
is  an  excellent  plan  to  whiten  ivory.        * 


69. — A    COOLING  CINNAMON  WATER  IN  HOT   WEATHER. 

Boil  one  gallon  of  water,  pour  it  into  a  gallon 
demijohn,  set  this  before  the  fire,  then  put  into  it 
twelve  cloves,  two  ounces  of  whole  cinnamon,  then 
stop  up  your  bottle  and  put  it  in  a  cool  place ; 
when  you  want  to  mix  your  liquor,  put  half  a  pint 
into  two  quarts  of  water,  with  one  quarter  of  a 
pound  of  sugar  ;  cool  it  in  ice  before  you  serve  it, 
and  it  is  a  most  wholesome  and  delicious  drink  as 
you  can  take  in  hot  weather. 


60. — AN    EXCELLENT    GOOD   RATIFIAj    BY    F.  N. 

Into  one  quart  of  brandy  pour  half  a  pint  of 
cherryjuice,  as  much  of  currant  juice,  as  much  of 
raspberry  juice,  add  a  few  cloves,  and  some  white 
pepper  in  grains,  two  grains  of  green  coriander, 
and  a  stick  or  two  of  cinnamon,  then  pound  the 
stones  of  the  cherries,  and  put  them  in,  wood  and 
all.  Add  about  twenty  five  or  thirty  kernels  of 
apricots.  Stop  your  demijohn  close,  and  let  it  in- 
fuse for  one  month  in  the  shade,  shaking  it  five  or 
six  times  in  that  time,  at  the  end  of  which  strain  it 
through  a  flannel  bag,  then  through  a  filtering  pa- 
per, and  then  bottle  it  and  cork  close  for  use; 
you  can  make  any  quantity  you  choose,  only  by 
adding  or  increasing  more  brandy  or  other  ingre- 
dients, &c. 


105 


61. A    STRONG    ANISE-SEED    WATER. 

Take  halt"  a  pint  of  the  best  essential  spirits  of 
anise-seoicls,  put  this  into  three  quarts  of  the  best 
brandy  with  one  quart  of  boiled  water;  if  not 
sweet  enough,  add  some  clarified  sugar,  and  strain 
through  a  jelly  bag,  this  it  a  most  delicious  and 
wholesome  water,  and  a  fine  stomachic. 

62. TO  TAKE  OFF  SPOTS  OF  ANY  SORT,  FROM 

ANY  KIND   OF  CLOTH. 

Take  half  a  pound  of  crude  honey,  the  yolk  of  a 
new  laid  egg,  and  the  bulk  of  a  nut  of  aromatic 
salt,  mix  all  well  together,  then  put  some  on 
the  spots  ;  having  left  it  there  awhile,  then  wash  it 
off  with  clean  water,  and  the  spot  will  immediate- 
ly disappear.  This  receipt  is  of  great  importance 
to  servants  that  have  the  care  of  their  masters 
wardrobe,  and  in  many  other  similar  cases. 

63. A    SECRET    AGAINST    OIL    SPOTS,    fec. 

Takq  a  piece  of  white  soap,  shave  it  very  fine, 
put  it  into  a  junk  bottle  with  rather  a  wide  neck 
and  mouth,  half  fill  it  with  ley,  then  add  to  this  the 
bulk  of  a  nut  of  ammoniac  salt,  and  two  yolks  of 
fresh  eggs,  cabbage  juice  and  bullock's  gall,  of 
each  half  an  ounce  weight,  and  one  ounce  of  salt 
of  tartar  in  fine  powder;  cork  your  bottle  close, 
and  lay  it  in  the  sun  for  four  days,  after  which  it 
will  be  fit  for  use.  You  must  apply  this  to  the 
oil  spot  with  a  piece  of  white  flannel,  rub  hard  and 
quick,  let  it  stand  five  or  ten  minutes  afterwards, 
then  rince  off  with  clean  soft  water,  and  hang  out 
to  dry. 

10 


106 


64. TO  RESTORE  CARPETS  TO  THEIR  EIRST  BLOOM. 

Beat  your  carpets  with  your  carpet  rods  until 
perfectly  clean  from  dust,  then  if  there  be  any  ink 
spots  take  them  out  with  a  lemon,  and  if  oil  spots, 
take  out  as  in  the  foregoing  receipt,  observing  to 
rinse  with  clean  water ;  then  take  a  hot  loaf  of  white 
bread,  split  down  the  centre,  having  the  top  and 
bottom  crust  one  on  each  half,  with  this  rub  your 
carpet  extremely  well  over,  then  hang  it  out  on 
or  across  a  line  with  the  right  side  out ;  should  the 
night  be  fine,  leave  it  out  all  night,  and  if  the 
weather  be  clear,  leave  it  out  for  two  or  three 
such  nights,  then  sweep  it  with  a  clean  corn 
broom,  and  it  will  look  as  when  first  new. 


65. TO    RESTORE    TAPESTRIES  TO    THEIR  FORMER 

BRIGHTNESS. 

Shake  and  dust  your  tapestries  extremely  well, 
then  rub  them  well  and  even  all  over  with  white 
chalk,  which  you  must  leave  on  them  for  twenty- 
four  hours  ;  then  take  a  hair  brush  and  brush  ofFall 
the  chalk,  then  apply  all  your  chalk  as  before, 
and  let  them  stand  as  before,  after  which,  beat 
them  well  with  a  light  rod,  and  afterwards  brush 
them  well  and  even  with  a  soft  clothes-brush,  and 
this  operation  will  make  them  look  as  bright  and 
clear  as  if  quite  new. 

66. TO  REVIVE  THE  COLOUR  OF  CLOTH. 

Pour  one  quart  of  soft  water  on  one  pound  of 
burnt  pot-ashes ;  in  twelve  hours  after  pour  it  ofl^ 
in  another  vessel,  then  put  in  a  handful  of  marsh 


107 

mallow  leaves,  with  two  bullocks'  galls;  boil  these 
altogether  until  the  leaves  go  to  the  bottom,  then 
set  this  decoction  in  the  sun  for  four  days,  after- 
wards take  whatever  colour  you  want,  boil  it  with 
the  cloth  in  the  liquor,  and  let  it  soak  in  the  liquor 
for  twelve  days,  and  the  colour  of  the  cloth  will  be 
restored,  as  prime  as  ever. 


67. TO  TAKE  SPOTS  OUT  OF  WHITE   CLOTHES. 

Boil  in  one  pint  of  soft  water  for  half  an  hour 
two  ounces  of  alum,  then  put  in  two  ounces  of 
white  soap  scraped  fine,  and  one  pound  of  alum, 
let  it  boil  for  five  minutes  longer,  then  take  it  up 
and  let  it  stand  in  the  cool  for  four  days,  then  bot- 
tle it,  and  with  this  composition  you  can  take  out 
any  kind  of  spots  whatever  from  white  cloth.  Ap- 
ply this  with  a  piece  of  white  flannel,  rubbing  the 
spots  hard  and  quick,  afterwards  rinse  with  clean 
soft  water,  let  the  garment  or  piece  of  cloth  hang 
out  in  the  air  one  or  two  clear  days  and  nights. 


Ob. A     COMPOSITION    OF    SOAP    THAT    WILL     TAKE 

OUT    ALL    KINDS    OF     SPOTS. 

Take  one  pound  of  Venitian  white  soap,  six 
yolks  of  eggs,  and  one  dessert-spoonful  of  salt  in 
fine  powder;  incorporate  these  all  well  together, 
then  add  a  sufficient  quantity  of  the  juice  of  the 
leaves  of  white  beet ;  then  make  up  this  composi- 
tion into  small  cakes,  which  dry  in  the  shade. 
To  apply  these,  first  wet  the  spot  over  with  clean 
soft  water,  then  rub  it  over  on  both  sides  with  the 
soap,  then  let  it  be  rinsed  in  clean  water,  and  the 
spots  will  disappear,  hang  out  to  dry,  and  after- 
wards brush  it. 


I 


108 

69. TURKEY    CEMENT    FOR    JOINING    METALS, 

GLASS,    &C. 

Dissolve  six  pieces  of  mastic  as  large  as  com- 
mon sized  peas,  in  as  much  spirits  of  wine  as  is 
sufficient  to  make  it  into  a  liquid  ;  in  another  ves- 
sel dissolve  as  much  isinglass  which  has  previously 
soaked  in  soft  water  until  soft,  in  brandy,  as  will 
make  two  ounces  in  weight  of  strong  glue,  then 
add  two  small  pieces  of  ammonicum,  which  must  be 
rubbed  until  dissolved,  then  beat  all  up  together  j 
when  cool,  put  it  into  a  phial  and  stop  it  close, 
when  you  want  to  use  it  put  the  phial  into  warm 
water  not  boiling,  apply  it  with  a  thin  piece  of 
stick  formed  as  a  knife,  for  that  purpose. 


70. TO    PRESERVE    THE  BRIGHTNESS  OP  ARMS,  hc 

Take  some  strong  vinegar,  that  of  Montpelier 
is  best,  dissolve  in  this  some  alum  finely  powdered, 
then  rub  the  arms  with  this  composition,  keep 
them  in  a  dry  place,  and  they  will  keep  bright  for 
years.  This  is  an  excellent  thing  to  preserve  the 
brightness  of  polished  steel  grates,  or  fire  irons,  &c. 


71. TO  REMOVE   INK   STAINS     FROM   CLOTH,  PLAID, 

SILK  OR  WORSTED,   &C. 

Take  one  pint  of  rain  or  other  soft  water,  dis- 
solve in  it  half  an  ounce  of  oxalic,  citric,  or  tartar- 
ic acid  ;  the  half  ounce  will  be  sufficient  to  mix 
the  pint  strong  enough,  cork  it  very  close  and 
shake  it  well ;  to  use  it,  lay  the  part  affected  over 
a  bowl  of  hot  water,  but  not  to  touch  the  water, 
and  let  the  steam  evaporate  through,  then  shako* 


109 

up  the  solution  and  dip  a  sponge  into  it,  and  rub 
well  the  part  affected  until  the  stain  disappears, 
then  hang  it  out  in  the  sun,  and  this  solution  will 
not  hurt  the  finest  fabric. 

72 TO    PRESERVE    MILK    FOR    TEA,    TO    KEEP    SIX 

MONTHS. 

Take  as  man}''  bottles  as  you  wish  to  fill,  wash 
and  dry  them  very  clean,  then  fill  them  right  from 
the  cows'  teats  ;  after  you  have  them  all  full,  take 
some  new  corks  which  you  have  previously  soak- 
ed in  water,  drive  them  as  tight  as  possible,  have 
the  bottles  so  full  that  there  may  be  no  vacancy 
between  the  cork  and  milk,  then  tie  them  with 
pack-thread  or  wire,  as  you  would  porter;  when 
you  pack  them  by,  put  the  bottles  with  their  neck 
down,  and  bottom  upwards. 

N.  B.  When  you  first  cork  them,  put  some 
straw  on  the  bottom  of  a  boiler,  then  place  your 
bottles  on  their  bottoms  on  it,  and  fill  up  with  cold 
water,  make  a  fire,  and  when  it  begins  to  boil,  take 
the  fire  from  under  the  boiler,  and  let  it  cool  down. 
When  cool,  take  them  out,  and  pack  as  above,  in 
straw  or  saw  dust.  I  have  frequently  kept  milk 
for  six  months,  and  it  was  as  fresh  as  when  first 
bottled.     This  is  excellent  for  carrying  to  sea. 

73. TO  PRESERVE  APPLES  FOR  THE  YEAR  ROUND. 

Put  them  in  casks  in  layers  of  dry  sand  ;  let  the 
sand  be  perfectly  dry,  and  each  layer  being  cover- 
ed keeps  them  from  the  air,  from  moisture,  from 
frost,  and  from  perishing,  as  the  sand  absorbs 
their  moisture,  which  generally  perishes  them ; 
10* 


.   no 

pippins  have  often  been  kept  in  this  manner  until 
mid-summer,  and  were  as  fresh  then  as  when 
put  in. 


74. TO    LOOSEN    STOPPERS    OF    DECANTERS     THAT 

ARE    CONGEALED. 

Put  two  or  three  drops  of  sweet  oil  round  the 
Stopper  close  to  the  mouth  of  the  decanter,  then 
lay  it  a  little  distance  from  the  fire,  with  the  mouth 
of  the  bottle  towards  the  heat,  when  the  decanter 
gets  warm,  and  the  oil  soaked  in,  take  a  piece  of 
wood  with  a  thick  cloth  wrapped  around  the  heavy 
end  of  it  for  this  purpose,  then  strike  ai  one  side, 
and  then  at  the  other,  but  not  very  hard,  by  this 
process  3'ou  will  soon  take  it  out ;  or  instead  of 
putting  the  decanters  before  the  fire,  put  them  in 
some  boiling  water,  and  pound  them  as  above. 


75. TAKING  STAINS   OUT  OF  BLACK  CLOTH,  CRAPE, 

OR  SILK. 

Boil  a  large  handful  of  fig  leaves,  in  two  quarts 
of  rain  or  soft  water  until  reduced  to  one  pint, 
then  squeeze  the  leaves,  and  put  the  liquor  into  a 
bottle,  cork  it  tight.  The  way  to  apply  this  is  to 
rub  the  article  with  a  piece  of  sponge  dipped  in 
the  liquor,  and  the  slain  will  immediately  dis- 
appear. 


76. TO  KNOW  WHETHER  A  BED  IS  DAMP     OR    NOT, 

WHEN    TRAVELLING. 

After  the  bed  is  warmed,  put  a  glass  tumbler 
between  the  sheets,  and  if  the  bed   is   damp,   the 


Ill 

tumbler  will  show  drops  of  wet  on  the  inside. 
This  rule  ought  to  be  properly  attended  to,  and  es- 
pecially when  you  are  travelling  with  a  family,  as 
it  is  your  duty  to  be  as  attentive  to  them  as 
possible. 

77. TO    MAKE    THE    BEST    GINGER   BEEK. 

Take  one  ounce  of  powdered  ginger,  half  an 
ounce  of  cream  tartar,  one  large  lemon  cut  in  sli- 
ces, two  pounds  of  loaf  sugar,  and  one  gallon  of 
soft  water,  let  them  be  well  mixed  together,  let 
them  simmer  over  the  fire  for  half  an  hour,  then 
put  in  one  table-spoonful  of  yeast,  and  let  it  stand 
to  ferment,  and  when  done,  boUle  it  and  tie  the 
corks  with  twine,  put  it  in  a  cool  place,  and  it  will 
be  fit  for  use  in  five  or  six  days.  This  is  delicious 
in  hot  weather. 


78. TO    MAKE    EXCELLENT    SPRUCE    BEER. 

Take  eight  gallons  of  boiling  water,  add  to  it 
eight  gallons  of  cold,  mix  with  this  sixteen  pounds 
of  molasses,  and  six  table-spoonsful  of  best  essence 
of  spruce,  and  half  a  pint  of  good  yeast ;  keep  your 
keg  in  a  temperate  place,  let  the  bung-hole  remain 
open  for  two  days,  after  which  stop  it  up  tight,  or 
bottle  it  off.  it  will  be  fit  for  use  in  a  few  days  ; 
you  can  make  any  quantity  you  choose,  by  either 
adding  or  diminishing  the  ingredients,  &c. 


79. TO    MAKE    A    BEAUTIFUL    FLAVOURED    PUNCH. 

Take  one  dessert-spoonful  of  acid  salt  of  lemon, 
half  a  pound  of  good  white  sugar,  two  quarts  of 


112 

real  boiling  water,  one  pint  of  Jamaica  rum,  and 
half  a  pint  of  brandy,  add  some  lemon  peel  or  some 
essence  of  lemon,  if  agreeable,  four  drops  of  the 
essence  is  enough  ;  then  pour  it  from  one  pitcher 
to  another  twice  or  thrice  to  mix  it  well.  This 
will  be  a  most  delicious  and  fine  flavoured  punch. 


80. TO  CEMENT  ANY  KIND  OF  BROKEN  GLASS. 

Take  some  isinglass,  dissolve  it  in  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  spirits  of  wine,  this  will  form  a  trans- 
parent glue  that  will  unite  glass  so  that  the  frac- 
ture will  scarcely  be  perceived  ;  be  very  careful 
in  handling  the  spirits  of  wine,  for  fear  that  it 
might  boil  into  the  fire,  for  this  would  be  very 
dangerous. 


81. A  BLACK  VARNISH  FOR  STRAW  OR  CHIP  HATS. 

Take  half  an  ounce  of  best  black  varnish  seal- 
ing wax,  rectified  spirits  of  wine  two  ounces,  pow- 
der the  sealing  wax  and  put  it  into  a  four  ounce 
phial,  digest  them  in  a  sand  heat,  or  near  a  fire, 
until  the  wax  is  quite  dissolved  ;  lay  it  on  the  hat 
when  warm,  with  a  soft  paint  brush,  be  careful  to 
lay  it  on  very  even.  This  gives  straw  or  chip 
hats  a  fine  stiffness  and  a  beautiful  glaze,  which 
will  resist  all  wet  and  storm. 


82. BLACKING    FOR    HARNESS      THAT     WILL     NOT 

INJURE    THE    LEATHER. 

Take  two  pounds  of  hog's  fat,  one  pound  of  best 
ivory  black,  mix  them  well  together,  then  add 
spirits  of  turpentine  to  bring  it  to  the   consistence 


113 

of  paint;  apply  it  on  your  harness  with  a  brush,  in 
the  same  manner  as  blacking  a  boot,  then  polish 
off  with  another,  and  it  will  produce  a  beautiful 
jet  black,  and  is  a  great  preservation  to  the  leath- 
er; almost  all  other  compositions  are  injurious. 

S3. TO  MAKE  A  STRONG  PASTE  FOR  PAPER. 

Take  two  table-spoonsful  of  flour,  stir  it  well  to- 
gether to  make  it  free  from  lumps,  then  add  as 
much  strong  beer  as  will  make  it  to  a  due  consis- 
tency ;  boil  slow  for  twenty  minutes,  let  it  be  cold 
before  you  use  it. 

N.  B.  Common  paste  may  be  made  of  flour, 
water,  and  a  little  alum.  To  preserve  paste  from 
souring,  rats,  &c.  add  a  little  spirits  of  turpentine. 

84. A  WATER  THAT  GILDS    COPPER    AND    BRONZE. 

Dissolve  equal  quantities  of  green  vitriol  and 
ammoniac  salt,  in  good  double  distilled  vinegar, 
then  evaporate  the  vinegar  and  put  it  in  the  re- 
tort to  distil ;  if  in  the  product  of  your  distillation 
you  steep  your  metal,  and  after  you  have  polished 
and  made  hot,  it  will  come  out  perfectly  well  gilt. 

85. A    WASH    FOR    GOLD,    SILVER,      SILK,      OR     ANY 

OTHER  KIND  OF  EMBROIDERY  OR  STUFF  WHATEVER. 

Take  bullock's  galls  one  pound,  soft  soap  and 
honey  of  each  three  ounces,  Florentine  orris  of 
the  same  quantity,  in  subtile  powder,  put  all  into  a 
glass  or  china  vessel,  in  which  mix  well  to  a  paste 
and  let  it  be  exposed  to  the  heat  of  the  sun  for  the 
space  of  twelve  days  ;  when  you  want  to  use  it, 
make  an  infusion  of  bran  boiled  in  soft  water,  and 
strained  through  a  cloth,  then  smear   the    work 


114 

above  with  the  paste,  wherever  it  is  soiled  or  dirty, 
and  wash  afterwards  in  this  bran  water,  still  renew- 
ing the  above,  until  there  is  no  alteration  in  its 
colour,  then  wipe  the  places  with  a  clean  cloth, 
and  wrap  them  in  a  clean  napkin  and  place  in  the 
sun  to  dry  ;  after  which  you  may  pass  it  through 
the  polish  press  and  the  work  will  appear  as  when 
new. 


86. TO    MAKE     IRON      AS    BEAUTIFUL    AND    WHITE 

AS    SILVER. 

Take  ammoniac  salt  and  quick  lime  in  equal 
quantities,  mix  them  well  together,  and  dilute 
them  in  equal  quantities  of  soft  cold  water,  then 
take  whatever  piece  of  iron  that  you  choose  to 
make  bright,  heat  it  red  hot,  then  steep  it  in  the 
liquor  prepared,  and  it  will  come  out  as  beautiful 
and  bright  as  silver. 


87. TO  PRESERVE  FURS   OR  WOOLLEN  CLOTHES 

FROM  MOTHS. 

Let  the  former  be  combed  often  while  in  use, 
and  the  latter  be  brushed  and  shaken,  and  when 
not  wanted  let  them  be  dried  and  cool,  then  among 
them  mix  bitter  apples,  which  you  can  buy  at  the 
apothecaries,  put  them  in  small  muslin  bags,  and 
carefully  wrap  them  in  several  folds  of  linen,  turn- 
ing them  up  caj:efully  at  the  ends  and  edges;  put 
them  by  in  a  dry  place. 

8&. TO    DYE    GLOVES    TO    LOOK    LIKE    YORK     TAN. 

Put  into  half  or  one  pint  of  soft  water,  half  an 
ounce  of  best  saffron,  let  the  water  be  boiling,  let 


117 


96. A    SAFE    Liq,UID    TO    TURN  RED    HAIR   BLACK. 

Take  black  lead  finely  powdered,  one  ounce, 
ebony  shavings  one  ounce  ;  mix  these  ingredients 
in  one  pint  of  soft  water,  boil  for  one  hour;  let  it 
stand  until  fine,  then  bottle  it  for  use.  To  apply 
this,  wet  the  comb  often,  and  the  hair  must  be 
frequently  combed;  if  a  fine  glossy  black  be  re- 
quired, you  must  add  two  ounces  of  camphor. 


97. TO    REFINE    CIDER,    FOR    ONE    BARREL. 

Take  one  pint  of  brandy,  four  ounces  of  rock 
alum,  the  whites  of  six  eggs,  half  a  pint  of  coarse 
sand,  and  two  pounds  of  coarse  sugar. 


98. TO  CLARIFY  STRONG  OR  TABLE  BEER. 

Take  a  piece  of  chalk  as  big  as  a  common  tum- 
bler glass,  and  cut  it  in  two  pieces  of  equal  size, 
put  them  into  your  beer  through  the  bung  hole, 
this  wilWinswer  for  one  barrel,  and  will  cause  the 
liquor  to  foment  and  become  perfectly  clear  and 
fine. 


99. A    CHEAP    AND    WHOLESOME     BEER. 

Boil  two  ounces  of  hops,  two  ounces  of  pound- 
ed ginger,  eight  pounds  of  molasses,  in  four  gal- 
lons of  water,  when  it  is  cooled  down  to  milk 
warm,  add  some  yeast  to  ferment  it.  This  makes 
a  very  wholesome  and  agreeable  beer,  and  is 
not  only  cheaper,  but  wil]  keep  much  longer  thaa 
common  beer. 
11 


118 


100. EXCELLENT    JUMBLE   BEER. 

Take  four  table-spoonfuls  of  ground  ginger,  one 
quart  of  molasses,  ten  gallons  of  water.  N.  B. 
First  mix  the  ingredients  in  a  little  warm  water, 
then  add  the  whole  complement  of  water,  and 
shake  it  briskly,  and  in  eight  hours  it  will  be  suffi- 
ciently fermented,  and  is  a  wholesome  and  pleas- 
ant beer. 


101- TO    MAKE  GINGER   BEER,  FOR  TEN    GALLONS. 

Take  ten  gallons  of  water,  one  quart  of  molas- 
ses, ten  good  lemons  cut  in  slices,  ten  ounces  of 
bruised  ginger,  the  whites  of  eight  eggs  well  beat- 
en, mix  all  well  together,  boil  it  for  half  an  hour, 
skim  it  before  it  boils,  add  half  an  ounce  of  isin- 
glass, and  one  pint  of  yeast ;  add  the  yeast  when 
milk  warm,  leave  the  bung  open  for  it  to  ferment; 
when  done,  stop  it  tight  to  keep,  or  you  may  bot- 
tle it  after  six  days.  You  must  tie  the  corks  with 
twine,  and  put  it  in  a  cool  place. 

102. A  WASH    TO    GIVE    A    BRILLIANT    LUSTRE    TO 

PLATE. 

Take  one  quart  of  rain  or  soft  water,  dissolve  in 
it  four  ounces  of  good  alum  ;  when  the  alum  is 
perfectly  dissolved,  take  it  off  the  coals  and  skim 
it  very  clean,  then  bottle  it  and  cork  it  close. 
When  you  want  to  use  it,  dip  a  soft  sponge  into 
some  of  this  liquor,  which  you  must  pour  out  into 
a  bowl,  and  mix  with  it  a  little  soft  soap,  say  a 
teaspoonful ;  rub  it  well  and  even  over  your  plate, 
dry  with  warm  towels  and  polish  with  leather. 


119 


103. WATER  PROOF  VARNISH  OF  THE  BEST 

QUALITY. 

Take  linseed  oil  of  the  best  quality,  put  any 
quantity  you  please  into  a  well  glazed  pipkin  over 
some  red  hot  charcoal,  in  achafingdish  ;  then  add 
to  the  oil,  when  warming,  the  fourth  part  of  its 
weight  in  fine  powder  of  rosin,  dissolve  them  well 
together ;  when  you  want  to  try  it,  take  a  little  of 
the  oil,  and  if  it  draws  like  thread,  you  may  take 
it  off  the  fire  ;  if  it  prove  too  thin,  add  some  more 
rosin,  and  continue  to  boil;  when  it  comes  as  it 
should  be,  take  whatever  article  that  you  have  to 
varnish,  and  when  finished,  put  it  in  the  sun  to 
dry,  or  put  it  before  the  fire,  as  this  varnish  will 
not  dry  itself. 

104. CHINESE    VARNISH    FOR   MINIATURE 

PAINTING. 

Take  one  ounce  of  white  karabe  or  amber,  and 
one  drachm  of  camphor  reduced  into  subtile  pow- 
der, put  them  into  a  matrass  with  five  ounces  of 
spirits  of  wine,  and  put  it  in  the  sun  for  twelve  or 
fourteen  days  in  the  hottest  weather,  after  which 
place  the  matrass  on  hot  ashes  for  the  space  of  one 
hour,  then  strain  it  through  a  linen  cloth,  and  bot- 
tle and  cork  it  tight  for  use. 

105. TO    MAKE    BOTTLE    CEMENT. 

Half  a  pound  of  black  rosin,  same  quantity  of 
red  sealing  wax,  quarter  of  an  ounce  of  bees  wax, 
melted  in  an  earthen  or  iron  pot ;  when  it  froths 
up,  before  all  is  melted  and  likely  to  boil  over, 
stir  it  with  a  tallow  candle,  which  will  settle  the 
froth  till  all  is  melted  and  fit  for  use. 


120 


1  have  now  set  down  all  the  receipts  that  I 
thought  were  the  best.  I  might  have  given  a  hun- 
dred more,  for  1  have  hundreds  written  off,  but 
all  these  that  I  have  put  down  I  have  tried  myself, 
and  find  them  all  genuine  ;  I  shall  now  give  you 
some    directions  for   putting  dishes,  &;c.  on  table. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  PUTTING  DISHES  ON 
TABLE. 

Soup,  broth,  or  fish,  should  always  be  set  at  the 
head  of  the  table;  if  none  of  these,  a  boiled  dish 
goes  to  the  head,  when  there  is  both  boiled  and 
roasted. 

If  but  one  principal  dish,  it  goes  to  the  head  of 
the  table. 

If  three,  the  principal  one  to  the  head  and  the 
two  smallest  to  stand  opposite  each  other,  near 
the  foot. 

If  four,  the  biggest  to  the  head,  and  the  next 
biggest  to  the  foot,  and  the  two  smallest  dishes  on 
the  sides. 

If  five,  you  are  to  put  the  smallest  in  the  middle, 
the  other  four  opposite. 

If  six,  you  are  to  put  the  top  and  bottom  as  be- 
fore, the  two  small   ones  opposite  for  side   dishes. 

If  seven,  you  are  to  put  three  dishes  down  the 
middle  of  the  table,  and  four  others  opposite  to 
each  other  round  the  centre  dish. 

If  eight,  put  four  dishes  down  the  middle,  and 
the  remaining  four  two  on  each  side,  at  equal 
distances. 


121 

If  nine  dishes,  put  them  in  three  equal  lines, 
observing  to  put  the  proper  dishes  at  the  head  and 
bottom  of  the  table. 

If  ten  dishes,  put  four  down  the  centre,  one  at 
each  corner  and  one  on  each  side,  opposite  to  the 
vacancy  between  two  central  dishes  ;  or  four 
down  the  middle,  and  three  on  each  side;  each 
opposite  to  the  vacancy  of  the  middle  dishes. 

If  twelve  dishes,  place  them  in  three  rows  of 
four  each ;  or  six  down  the  middle,  and  three  at 
equal  distances  on  each  side. 

Note. — If  more  than  the  above  number  of  dish- 
es are  required,  the  manner  of  laying  them  on  the 
table  must  in  a  great  measure  depend  on  the  taste 
of  the  dresser. 

Desserts  are  placed  in  same  manner; — if  you 
have  an  ornamental  frame  for  desserts,  or  a  bou- 
quet, or  any  other  ornament,  for  your  dinner-table, 
invariably  place  them  in  the  middle  of  the  table. 


THE   UNIFORM  POSITION  TO  PLACE  DIF- 
FERENT JOINTS,  «fcc.  ON  TABLE. 

Let  the  heads  of  fish  always  be  placed  to  the 
Pft  hand  of  the  carver,  likewise  the  heads  of 
hares,  rabbits,  and  roasting  pigs  in  like  manner. 
An  aitch  bone  of  beef,  let  the  silver  skewer,  which 
is  generally  put  into  it  when  for  a  party  dish, 
be  placed  towards  the  left  hand  of  the  carver. 
A  quarter  of  lamb,  let  the  thin  part  be  put  from 
the  carver,  towards  the  centre  of  the  table,  with 
the  neck  end  to  the  left  of  the  carver.  A  shoulder 
and  leg  of  mutton  should  be  placed  with  the  shank 
11* 


122 

of  either  to  the  left  hand  of  the  carver,  unless 
your  mistress  or  master  otherwise  order  it.  Tur- 
kies,  geese,  ducks,  and  fowls,  are  to  be  placed  with 
the  heads  towards  the  right  hand  of  the  carver. 
Likewise  woodcocks,  snipes,  partridges,  and  all 
sorts  of  wild  fowls  are  to  be  placed  in  the 
like  manner  as  above,  because  they  are  much  ea- 
sier to  carve  in  this  manner. 

There  are  some  people  that  will  choose  to  have 
the  heads  of  turkies,  geese,  and  ducks,  put  towards 
their  left  hand,  as  they  may  then  be  able  to  come 
at  the  stuffing  more  handily. 

In  the  sirloin  of  beef,  let  the  thick  boney  end 
be  placed  to  the  left  hand  of  the  carver.  The  sad- 
dle or  loin  of  mutton,  the  rump  end  to  be  placed 
in  like  manner. 

In  many  large  dishes  that  are  for  head  and  foot, 
there  is  a  place  for  the  gr:ivy  in  one  end  of  them ; 
observe  always  to  put  this  end  to  the  right  hand 
of  the  carver,  observing  likewise  not  to  forget  the 
large  gravy  spoon. 

AH  these  rules  you  should  observe,  and  pay 
great  attention  to  them,  for  in  the  course  of  time 
you  will  find  out  how  much  trouble  and  diiSculty 
there  is  in  turning  a  large  dish  round,  after  the 
company  have  sat  down,  besides,  it  looks  careless 
in  the  servant. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  CARVING. 

This  is  a  part  of  duty,  which  a  house  servant  is 
seldom  called  upon  to  perform  ;  but  in  case  of 
the  sickness  of  his  employers,  it  is  possible  he  may 
be  ordered  occasionally  on  this  busmessof  the  ta- 
ble ;  to  be  found  incompetent  or  awkward  in  such 


123 

emergency  would  be  mortifying  to  both  master 
and  servant,  I  have  therefore  my  young  friends, 
selected  a  few  observations  on  this  delicate  and 
important  art  for  your  information.  A  complete 
and  full  knowledge  of  the  business  would  do  you 
no  harm;  depend  upon  it  you  cannot  learn  too 
much  of  every  thing  in  the  least  connected  with 
service  ;  if  you  should  never  be  called  upon  to 
exercise  your  skill  at  your  employer's  table,  you 
Avill  perhaps  daily  or  frequently  find  use  for  your 
talents  at  the  servants'  table,  or,  when  you  quit 
service  and  have  a  family  of  your  ovi'n  ;  and  neat- 
ness and  skill  are  requisite  in  every  thing  you  un- 
dertake, and  in  every  station,  whether  for  your 
employers,  or  for  your  equals.  I  would  not  have 
you  intrusive,  which  would  be  worse  than  igno- 
rance, but  let  your  '  light  be  kept  under  a  bushel,' 
always  ready  for  modest  use,  if  required.  1  shall 
now  give  you  directions  for  carving  several  kinds 
of  meat,  fish,  fowls,  &c. 

The  carving-knife  should  be  light,  yet  of  a  suffi- 
cient size,  and  the  edge  very  keen.  In  using  it, 
no  great  personal  strength  is  requisite,  as  constant 
practice  will  render  it  an  easy  task  to  carve  the 
most  difficult  articles,  more  depending  on  address 
than  force ;  but,  in  order  to  prevent  trouble,  the 
joints  of  mutton,  veal,  lamb,  &c.  should  be  divided 
by  the  butcher,  when  they  may  be  easily  cut 
through,  and  fine  slices  of  meat  taken  off  from  be- 
tween every  two  bones. 

The  more  fleshy  joints  are  to  be  cut  in  smooth 
slices,  neatly  done;  and  in  joints  of  beef  and  mut- 
ton, the  knife  should  alvvays  be  passed  down  the 
bone  by  those  who  wish  to  carve  with  propriety, 
and  great  attention  should  be  paid  to  help  every 
person  to  a  portion  of  the  best  parts.     Fish  should 


124 

be  carefully  helped,  because  if  the  flakes  are  bro- 
ken, the  beauty  of  it  is  entirely  lost,  for  which  rea- 
son a  proper  fish  slice  should  be  used,  and  observe 
to  send  a  part  of  the  roe,  liver,  &c.  to  each  indi- 
vidual. The  heads  of  cod,  salmon,  carp,  the  fins 
of  turbot,  and  sounds  of  cod,  are  esteemed  as  del- 
icacies, and,  of  course  some  should  be  sent  to  each 
person  in  company,  which  denotes  an  attentive 
degree  of  politeness  towards  your  guests.  In  car- 
ving ducks,  geese,  turkeys,  or  wild  fowl,  you 
should  cut  the  slices  down  from  pinion  to  pinion, 
without  making  wings,  by  which  you  will  gain 
more  prime  pieces ;  but  you  need  onlj'  do  this 
when  your  party  is  large. 

A  cod's  head. 

Fish  is  easily  carved.  The  dish  now  under  con- 
sideration, in  its  proper  season,  is  esteemed  a  del- 
icacy ;  when  served  up,  it  should  be  cut  with  a 
fish-slice,  and  it  should  be  remembered  that  the 
parts  about  the  back-bone  and  the  shoulders  are 
generally  accounted  the  best.  Cut  a  piece  quite 
off  down  to  the  bone,  observing  with  each  piece  to 
help  a  part  of  the  sound.  There  are  several  deli- 
cate parts  about  the  head  ;  the  jelly  part  lies 
about  the  jaw  bone,  and  is  by  some  esteemed  very 
fine,  and  the  firm  parts  will  be  found  within  the 
head. 

ROUND    OF    BEEF. 

This  valuable  and  excellent  dish  must  be  cut  in 
thin  slices,  and  very  smooth  with  a  sharp  knife, 
observing  to  help  every  person  to  a  portion  of  the 
fat,  also  cut  in  thin  smooth  slices,  as  nothing  has  a 
worse  appearance  than  fat  when  hacked.  Ob- 
serve, also,  that  a  thick  slice  should  be  cut  off  the 


125 

meat,  before  you  begin  to  help  your  friends,  as  the 
boiling  water  renders  the  outside  vapid,  and  of 
course  unfit  for  your  guests. 

EDGE-BONE    OF    BEEF. 

Take  off  a  slice  three  quarters  of  an  inch  thick, 
all  the  length,  and  then  help  your  guests;  the  soft 
marrow-like  fat  is  situated  at  the  back  of  the  bone 
below,  the  solid  fat  will  be  duly  portioned  from  its 
situation  with  each  slice  you  cut.  The  skewer 
with  which  the  meat  is  held  together  while  boiling, 
should  be  removed  before  the  meat  is  brought  to 
table,  as  nothing  can  be  more  unpleasant  than  to 
meet  with  a  skewer  when  carving  ;  but  as  some 
articles  require  one  to  be  left  in,  a  silver  skewer 
should  invariably  be  employed  for  that  purpose. 

SIRLOIN   OP   BEEF. 

You  may  begin  carving  a  sirloin  of  beef  either 
at  the  end,  or  by  cutting  into  the  middle  ;  cut  your 
slices  close  down  to  the  bone,  and  let  them  be 
thin,  observing  to  give  some  of  the  soft  fat  with 
each  slice.  Many  persons  prefer  the  outside  ;  it 
is  therefore  a  point  of  politeness  to  enquire  which 
they  will  take. 

FILLET   OF   VEAL. 

The  bone  of  this  piece  being  taken  out,  renders 
the  helping  of  it  very  easy.  Many  persons  prefer 
the  outside, — ask  this;  and  if  so,  help  them  to  it, 
otherwise  cut  it  off,  and  then  continue  to  take  off 
thin  smooth  slices ;  observing  to  take  from  the 
flap,  into  which  you  must  cut  deep,  a  portion  of 
stuffing  to  every  slice,  as  likewise  a  small  bit  of 
fat.  Lemon  should  always  be  served  with  thi» 
joint. 


126 


BREAST   OF    VEAL 


Is  composed  of  two  parts,  the  ribs  and  brisket, 
the  latter  is  thickest,  and  is  composed  of  gristles, 
the  division  of  which  you  may  easily  discern,  at 
which  part  you  must  enter  your  knife,  and  cut 
through  it,  which  will  separate  the  two  parts,  then 
proceed  to  help  your  guests  to  whatever  part  they 
chance  to  prefer. 

calf's  head. 

Cut  out  slices,  observing  to  pass  your  knife  close 
into  the  bone;  at  the  thick  part  of  the  neck  is  sit- 
uated the  throat  and  sweet-bread,which  you  should 
carve  a  slice  of  Avith  the  other  part,  that  your 
guests  may  have  a  portion  of  each.  If  the  eye  is 
preferred,  which  is  frequently  the  case,  take  it  out, 
cut  it  in  two,  send  one  half  to  the  person  who  pre- 
fers it,  and  on  removing  the  jaw-bone,  some  lean 
will  be  found,  if  required.  The  palate,  generally 
esteemed  a  peculiar  delicacy,  is  situated  under 
the  head  :  this  should  be  divided  into  small  por- 
tions, and  a  part  helped  to  each  person. 

SHOULDER  OF  MUTTOW. 

Cut  into  the  bone;  the  prime  part  of  the  fat 
lies  in  the  outer  edge,  and  must  be  thinly  and 
smoothly  sliced  ;  when  your  company  is  large,  and 
it  becomes  necessary  to  have  more  meat  than  can 
be  cut  as  above  directed,  some  very  fine  slices 
may  be  cut  out  on  each  side  of  the  blade  bone,  but 
observe,  the  blade  bone  cannot  be  cut  across. 

LEG    OF   MUTTON. 

Wether  mutton  is  esteemed  the  best,  and  may 
be  known  by  a  lump  of  fat  at  the  edge  of  the 


127 

broadest  part,  the  slices  are  situated  in  the  centre; 
when  you  carve,  put  your  knife  in.  there,  and  cut 
thin  smooth  slices,  and,  as  the  outside  is  rarely  fat 
enough,  cut  some  from  the  side  of  the  broad  end 
in  neat  slices.  Some  persons  prefer  the  knuckle, 
the  question  should  therefore  be  always  asked ; 
on  the  back  of  the  leg  there  are  several  fine  slices, 
for  which  purpose  turn  it  up,  and  cut  the  meat  out 
lengthways.  The  cramp-bone  is  generally  es- 
teemed a  delicacy  ;  to  cut  it  out,  take  hold  of  the 
shank  with  your  left  hand,  and  cut  down  to  the 
thigh  bone,  then  pass  the  knife  under  the  cramp 
bone. 

A    FORE-QUARTER    OF    LAMB. 

Divide  the  shoulder  from  the  breast  and  ribs,_by 
passing  the  knife  under,  observing  not  to  cut  the 
meat  too  much  off  the  bones.  When  the  lamb  is 
large,  put  the  shoulder  in  another  dish,  and 
squeeze  half  a  lemon  over  it,  and  the  same  over 
the  breast  and  ribs,  with  a  little  pepper  and  salt, 
then  divide  the  grisly  part  from  the  ribs,  and  help 
agreeably  to  the  taste  of  your  guests. 

HAUNCH    OF    VENISON. 

Pass  your  knife  down  to  the  bone,  which  will  let 
out  the  gravy,  then  turn  the  broadest  end  of  the 
joint  towards  you,  and  put  in  your  knife,  cutting 
as  deep  as  you  can  to  the  end  of  the  haunch;  let 
your  slices  be  thin  and  smooth,  the  fat,  which  is  al- 
ways esteemed,  to  each  person :  you  will  find 
most  fat  on  the  left  side,  which,  with  the  gravy, 
must  be  properly  divided  among  your  guests. 

HAUNCH    OF    MUTTOSr 

Consists  of  a  leg  and  a  part  of  the  loin,  cut  so  as 
to  resemble  a  haunch  of  of  venison,  and  must  be 
carved  in  the  same  manner. 


128 


SADDLE    OF    MUTTON. 

Take  your  slices  from  the  tail  to  the  end,  com- 
mencing close  to  the  back  bone  ;  let  them  be  long, 
thin,  and  smooth  ;  a  portion  of  fat  to  each  slice 
must  be  taken  from  the  sides. 

ROAST   PIG. 

This  is  generally  divided  by  the  cook  before  it 
is  served  up.  You  must  first  divide  the  shoulder 
from  the  body  on  one  side,  and  then  the  leg,  the 
ribs  are  next  to  be  separated  in  two  or  three  parts, 
and  an  ear  or  a  jaw  presented  with  them,  together 
■with  a  sufficiency  of  proper  sauce.  The  ribs  are 
commonly  thought  to  be  the  finest  part;  but  as 
this  must  depend  on  taste,  the  question  should  be 
asked. 


The  best  method  of  helping  ham  is  to  begin  in 
the  middle  by  cutting  long  slices  through  the 
thick  fat.  When  made  use  of  for  pies,  the  meat 
should  be  cut  from  the  under  side,  after  taking  off 
a  thick  slice. 


Separate  the  apron,  and  pour  a  glass  of  port 
wine  into  the  body,  and  a  little  ready  mixed  mus- 
tard, then  cut  the  whole  breast  in  long  slices,  but 
remove  them  only  as  you  help  them  ;  separate 
the  leg  from  the  body  by  putting  the  fork  into  the 
small  end  of  the  bone,  pressing  it  to  the  body,  and 
having  passed  the  knife  turn  the  leg  back.  To 
take  off  the  wnng,  put  your  fork  into  the  small  end 
of  the  pinion,  and  press  it  close  to  the  body;  then 
put  in  the   knife,   and   divide    the    joint"   down. 


129 

However,  practice  can  alone  render  persons  ex- 
pert at  this;  when  you  have  thus  taken  off  the 
leg  and  wing  on  one  side,  do  the  same  by  the  oth- 
er if  it  be  necessary,  which  will  not  be  the  case  un- 
less your  company  is  large  ;  by  the  wing  there  are 
two  side  bones,  which  may  be  taken  off,  as  may 
the  back  and  lower  side  bones,  but  the  breast  and 
the  thighs,  divided  from  the  drum-sticks,  afford  the 
finest  and  most  delicious  pieces. 


The  legs  of  a  boiled  fowl  are  bent  inwards,  and 
tucked  in  the  belly ;  but  the  hkewers  must  be  re- 
moved before  it  is  sent  to  table.  To  carve  a 
fowl,  take  it  on  your  plate,  and  as  you  separate 
the  joints,  place  them  on  the  dish;  cut  the  wing 
off,  observing  only  to  divide  the  joint  with  your 
knife;  then  lift  the  pinion  with  your  fork  and 
draw  the  wings  towards  the  legs  which  will  sepa- 
rate the  fleshy  part  more  effectually  than  cutting 
it;  to  separate  the  leg,  slip  the  knife  between 
the  leg  and  body,  and  cut  the  bone;  then,  with 
the  fork,  turn  the  leg  back,  and  the  joint  will  give 
way ;  when  the  wings  and  legs  are  in  this  manner 
removed,  take  off  the  merry-thought,  and  the  neck 
bones  ;  the  next  thing  is  to  divide  the  breast  from 
the  body,  bj''  cutting  through  the  tender  ribs,  close 
to  the  breast,  entirely  down  to  the  tail;  then  lay 
the  back  upwards,  put  your  knife  into  the  bone 
half  ways  i^rom  the  neck  to  the  rump,  and  on  rais- 
ing the  lower  end,  it  will  readily  separate.  The 
breast  and  wings  are  the  most  delicate  parts ; 
however,  the  best  way  is  to  consult  the  taste  of 
your  guests,  by  asking  which  part  they  prefer. 
12 


130 


PARTRIDGE. 


The  skewers  must  be  taken  out  before  it  is  sent 
to  table,  and  it  is  then  to  be  carved  in  the  same 
manner  as  a  fowl.  The  wings,  breast,  and  merry- 
thought are  the  primest  parts.  \ 


Should  be  divided  right  in  halves,  either  length- 
ways or  across,  and  helped  to  each  person. 

In  respect  to  carving,  written  directions  must 
always  fail  without  constant  practice,  as  that  can 
alone  give  the  necessary  facility.         ^ 


GOING  TO  MARKET. 

Your  employer  will  generally  attend  to  going  to 
market,  to  suit  himself;  but  your  experience,  if 
you  should  be  called  upon  to  do  this  duty,  is  of 
the  utmost  consequence.  It  is  impossible  to  give 
you  particular  directions  for  all  kinds  of  articles 
for  the  table  ;  in  all  cases  observation  and  experi- 
ence only  can  supply  you  with  these  to  any  degree 
of  perfection.  I  shall  merely  set  down  some  of 
the  principal  means  of  judging  of  the  freshness  or 
goodness  of  provisions,  in  the  choice  of  poultry ,&:c. 
Beef,  veal,  pork,  mutttfn,  and  vegetables,  you  all 
are  generally  competent  of  purchasing. 

LAMB. 

In  a  fore-quarter  of  lamb  mind  the  neck  vein  : 
if  it  be  an  azure  blue,  it  is  new  and  good  ;  but  if 


131 

green  or  yellow,  it  is  near  tainting,  if  not  tainted 
already.  In  the  hind  quarter,  smell  under  the 
kidney,  and  try  the  knuckle;  if  you  meet  with  a 
faint  scent,  and  the  knuckle  be  limber,  it  is  stale 
killed.  For  a  lamb's  head,  mind  the  eyes  ;  if  sunk 
or  wrinkled,  it  is  stale;  if  plump  and  lively,  it  is 
new  and  sweet. 

VEAL. 

If  the  bloody  vein  in  the  shoulder  looks  blue, 
or  of  a  bright  red,  it  is  new  killed;  but  if  black, 
green,  or  yellow,  it  is  flabby  and  stale  ;  if  wrapped 
in  wet  cloths,  smell  whether  it  be  musty  or  not. 
For  the  loin  first  taints  under  the  kidney ;  and  the 
flesh,  if  stale  killed,  will  be  soft  and  slimy. 

The  breast  and  neck  taints  first  at  the  upper 
end,  and  you  will  perceive  a  dusky,  yellow,  or 
green  appearance ;  and  the  sweetbread  on  the 
breast  will  be  clammy,  otherwise  it  is  fresh  and 
good.  The  leg  is  known  to  be  new  by  the  stiflT- 
ness  of  the  joint;  if  limber  and  the  flesh  seems 
clammy,  and  has  green  or  yellow  specks,  it  is 
stale.     The  head  is  known  as  the  lamb's. 

The  flesh  of  a  bull  calf  is  more  red  and  firm 
than  that  of  a  cow-calf,  and  the  fat  more  hard 
curdled. 

MUTTON. 

If  it  be  young,  the  flesh  will  pinch  tender ;  if 
old,  it  will  wrinkle  and  remain  so :  if  young,  the 
fat  will  easily  part  from  the  lean  ;  if  old,  it  will 
stick  by  strings  and  skins:  if  ram-mutton,  the  fat 
feels  spungy,  the  flesh  close  grained  and  tough,  not 
rising  again  when  dented;  if  ewe-mutton,  the 
flesh  is  paler  than  wether  mutton,  a  close  grain 
and  easily  parting.  If  there  be  a  rot,  the  flesh 
will  be  pale,  and  the  fat  a  faint  white  inclining  to 


132 

yellow,  and  the  flesh  will  be  loose  at  the  bone.  If 
you  squeeze  it  hard,  some  drops  of  water  will 
stand  up  like  sweat. 

As  to  the  newness  and  staleness,  the  same  is  to 
be  observed  as  in  lamb. 


If  it  be  right  ox  beef,  it  will  have  an  open 
grain;  if  young,  a  tender  and  oily  smoothness; 
if  rough  and  spongy,  it  is  old,  or  inclined  to  be  so, 
except  the  neck,  brisket,  and  such  parts  as  are 
very  fibrous,  which  in  young  meat  will  be  more 
rough  than  other  parts. 

A  carnation,  pleasant  colour,  betokens  good 
meat:  the  suet  a  curious  white;  yellow  is  not 
good.  Cow-beef  is  less  bound  and  closer  grained 
than  ox,  the  fat  whiter,  but  the  lean  somewhat 
paler;  if  young,  ihe  dent  made  with  the  finger 
will  rise  again  in  a  little  time. 

Bull-beef  is  close  grained,  deep  dusky  red,  tough 
in  pinching,  the  fat  skinny,  hard,  and  has  a  ram- 
mish rank  smell ;  and  for  newness,  and  staleness, 
this  flesh  brought  fresh  has  but  few  signs,  the  more 
material  is  its  clamminess,  and  the  rest  your  smell 
will  inform  you.  If  it  be  bruised,  these  places 
will  look  more  dusky  or  blacker  than  the  rest. 

PORK. 

If  young,  the  lean  will  break  in  pinching  be- 
tween the  fingers;  and  if  you  nip  the  skin  with 
your  nails,  it  will  make  a  dent;  also  if  the  fat  be 
soft  and  pulpy  like  lard  ;  if  the  lean  be  tough, 
and  the  fat  flabby  and  spongy,  feeling  rough,  it  is 
old,  especially  if  the  rind  be  stubborn,  and  you 
cannot  nip  it  with  your  nails. 

If  a  boar,  though  young,  or  a  hog  gelded  at-  full 


133 

growth,  the  flesh  will  be  hard,  tough,  red,  and  ram- 
mish of  smell;  the  fat  skinny  and  hard  ;  the  skin 
thick  and  rough,  and  pinched  up,  will  immediately 
fall  again. 

As  for  old  or  new  killed,  try  the  legs,  hands, 
and  springs,  by  putting  the  finger  under  the  bone 
that  comes  out  ;  if  it  be  tainted,  you  will  there 
find  out  by  smelling  the  finger ;  besides  the  skin  will 
be  sweaty  and  clammy  when  stale,  but  cool  and 
smooth  when  new. 

If  you  find  little  kernels  in  the  fat  of  the  pork, 
like  hail-shot,  it  is  measly  and  dangerous  to  be 
eaten. 

BRAWN. 

Brawn  is  known  to  be  old  or  young  by  the  ex- 
traordinary or  moderate  thickness  of  the  rind  ;  the 
thick  is  old,  moderate  young.  If  the  rind  and  fat 
be  tender,  itis  not  boar  brawn  but  barrow  or  sow. 

VENISON. 

Try  the  haunches  or  shoulders  under  the  bones 
that  come  out  with  your  finger  or  knife  and  as  the 
scent  is  sweet  or  rank,  it  is  new  or  stale ;  and  the 
like  of  the  sides  in  the  fleshy  parts ;  if  tainted, 
they  will  look  green  in  some  places,  or  more  than 
ordinary  black.  Look  on  the  hoofs,  and  if  the 
clefts  are  very  wide  and  rough,  it  is  old  ;  if  close 
and  smooth  it  is  young. 

HAMS      AND     BACON. 

Put  a  knife  under  the  bone  that  sticks  out  of  the 
ham,  and  if  it  comes  out  in  a  manner  clean,  and 
has  a  curious  flavour,  it  is  sweet;  if  much  smear- 
ed and  dulled,  it  is  tainted  or  rusted. 

Gammons  are  tried  the  same  way,  and  for  other 
parts,  try  the  fat ;  if  it  be  white,  oily  in  feeling, 
12* 


TS4 

does  not  break  or  crumb,  it  is  good  ;  but  if  the 
contrary,  and  the  lean  has  little  streaks  of  yel- 
low, it  is  rusty,  or  will  soon  be  so. 

HARE,    LEVERET,    OR    RABBIT. 

Hare  will  be  white  and  stiff  if  new  and  clean 
killed:  if  stale,  the  flesh  black  in  most  parts,  and 
the  body  limber:  if  the  cleft  in  her  lips  spread 
much,  and  her  claws  wild  and  ragged,  she  is  old  ; 
the  contrary  young;  if  young,  the  ears  will  tare 
like  brown  paper  ;  if  old,  dry  and  tough.  To 
know  a  true  leveret,  feel  on  the  fore-leg,  nea*  the 
foot,  and  if  there  is  a  small  bone  or  knob,  it  is 
right;  if  not  it  is  a  hare;  for  the  rest  observe  as 
in  a  hare.  A  rabbit,  if  stale,  will  be  limber  and 
slimy;  if  new,  white  and  stiff;  if  old,  her  claws 
are  long  and  rough,  the  wool  mottled  with  grey 
hairs  ;  if  young,  claws  and  wool  smooth. 


When  you  buy  butter,  trust  not  to  that  which 
will  be  given  you,  but  try  in  the  middle,  and  if 
your  smell  and  taste  be  good,  you  cannot  be  de- 
ceived. 


Cheese  is  to  be  chosen  by  its  moist  and  smooth 
coat;  if  old  cheese  be  rough  coated,  rugged,  or 
dry  at  top,  beware  of  little  worms  or  miles;  if  it 
be  over  full  of  holes,  moist  or  spongy,  it  is  subject 
to  mites;  if  soft  or  perished  places  appear  on 
the  outside,  try  how  deep  it  goes,  the  greater  part 
may  be  hid. 

EGGS. 

Hold  the  great  end  to  your  tongue  or  lip;  if  it  feels 
warm  it  is  new  ;  if  cold,  bad  ;   and  so  in  propor- 


135 

tion  to  the  heat  or  cold,  is  the  goodness  of  the 
egg.  Another  way  to  know,  is  to  put  the  egg  in  a 
pan  of  cold  water,  the  fresher  the  egg,  the  sooner 
it  will  fall  to  the  bottom ;  if  rotten,  it  will  swim  at 
the  top.  This  is  a  sure  way  not  to  be  deceived. 
Sound  eggs  may  be  also  known  by  holding  them 
between  the  eye  and  a  lighted  candle,  or  the  sun. 
As  to  the  keeping  of  them,  pitch  them  all  with  the 
small  end  downwards  in  fine  wood  ashes,  turning 
them  once  a  week  end-waj^s,  and  they  will  keep 
some  months. 

HOW  TO  CHOOSE  POULTRY. 


If  it  be  young,  his  spurs  are  short,  and  his  legs 
smooth:  if  a  true  capon,  a  fat  vein  on  the  side  of 
his  breast,  the  comb  pale,  and  a  thick  belly  and 
rump:  if  new,  he  will  have  a  hard  close  vent;  if 
stale,  a  loose  open  vent. 

A  COCK  OB.  HEN  TURKEY,  TURKEY  POULTS. 

If  the  cock  be  young,  his  legs  will  be  black  and 
smooth,  and  his  spurs  short;  if  stale,  his  eyes  will 
be  sunk  in  his  head,  and  the  feet  dry  ;  if  new,  the 
eyes  lively,  and  feet  limber.  Observe  the  like  by 
the  hens  ;  and  moreover,  if  she  be  with  egg,  she 
will  have  a  soft  open  vent  ;  if  not,  a  hard  close 
vent.  Turkey  poults  are  known  the  same  way, 
their  age  cannot  deceive  you. 

COCK,  HEN,  &;c. 

If  young,  his  spurs  are  short  and  dubbed  ;  but 
take  particular  notice  they  are  not  pared  or  scrap- 
ed: if  old,  he  will  have  an  open    vent;    but   if 


136 

new,  a  close  hard  vent.  And  so  of  a  hen  for  new- 
ness or  staleness :  if  old,  her  legs  and  comb  ar« 
rough  ;  if  young,  smooth. 

A    TAME,   WILD,   AND    BRAN    GOOSE. 

If  the  bill  be  yellow,  and  she  has  but  a  few 
hairs,  she  is  young,  but  if  full  of  hairs,  and  the  bill 
and  foot  red,  she  is  old;  if  new,  limber-footed ;  if 
stale,  dry-footed.  And  so  of  a  wild  bran  goose. 

WILD   AND    TAME   DUCKS. 

The  duck,  when  fat,  is  hard  and  thick  on  the 
belly  ;  if  not,  thin  and  lean  ;  if  new,  limber-footed  ; 
if  stale,  dry-footed.  A  true  wild  duck  has  a  red 
foot,  smaller  than  the  tame  one. 

PARTRIDGE,    COCK   AND    HEN. 

The  bill  white,  and  the  legs  blue,  show  age; 
for  if  young,  the  bill  is  black,  and  the  legs  yellow ; 
if  new,  a  fast  vent ;  if  stale,  a  green  and  open  one. 
If  full  crops,  and  they  have  fed  on  green  food, 
they  may  taint  there;  for  this,  smell  the  mouth. 

WOODCOCK    AND    SNIPE. 

The  wookcock,  if  fat,  is  thick  and  hard;  if  new, 
limber-footed;  when  stale,  dry-footed;  or  if  their 
noses  are  slimy,  and  their  throats  muddy  and 
moorish,  they  are  not  good.  A  snipe,  if  fat,  has  a 
fat  vein  on  the  side  under  the  wing,  and  in  the 
vent  feels  thick.     For  the  rest,  like  the  woodcock. 

DOVES    AND    PIGEONS. 

To  know  the  turtle-dove,  look  for  a  blue  ring 
round  his  neck,  and  the  rest  mostly  white. 

The  pigeon  is  bigger ;  and  the  ring-dove  is 
less  than  the  pigeon.     The   dove-house   pigeons, 


137 

when  old  are  red-legged;  if  new  and  fat,  they 
will  feel  full  and  fat  in  the  vent,  and  are  limber- 
footed ;  but  if  stale,  a  flabby  and  green  vent. 

So  the  green  or  grey  plover,  fieldfare,  blackbird, 
thrush,  larks,  (fee. 

HOW  TO   CHOOSE  FISH. 


SALMON,  PIKE,  TRENT,  CARP,  TENCH,  GRAILINQ, 
BARBEL,  CHUB,  RUFF,  EEL,  WHITING,  SMELT, 
SHAD,  &C. 

All  these  are  known  to  be  new  or  stale  by  the 
colour  of  their  gills,  their  easiness  or  hardness  to 
open,  the  hanging  or  keeping  up  of  the  fins,  the 
standing  out  or  sinking  of  the  eyes,  and  by  smel- 
ling the  gills. 

TURBOT. 

He  is  chosen  by  his  thickness  and  plumpness; 
and  if  his  belly  be  of  a  cream  colour,  he 'must 
eat  well ;  but  if  thin,  and  his  belly  of  a  bluish 
white  he  will  eat  very  loose. 

COD    AND    CODLING. 

Choose  by  his  thickness  towards  the  head,  and 
the  whiteness  of  his  flesh  when  it  is  cut :  and  so 
of  a  codling. 

STURGEON. 

If  it  cuts  without  crumbling,  and  the  veins  and 
gristles  give  a  true  blue  where  they  appear,  and 
the  flesh  a  perfect  white,  then  conclude  it  to  be 
good. 

FRESH    HERRING    AND    MACKEREL. 

If  their  gills  are  of  a  lively  shining  redness,  their 
eyes  stand  full,  and  the  fish  is  stiff,  then  they  are 


158  ADVICE    TO    COOKS. 

new;  but  if  dusky   and    faded,   or   sinking    and 
wrinkled,  and  tails  limber,  they  are  stale. 

LOBSTERS. 

Choose  by  their  weight;  the  heaviest  are  best, 
if  no  water  be  in  them ;  if  new,  the  tail  will  pull 
smart  like  a  spring;  if  full,  the  middle  of  the  tail 
will  be  full  of  hard,  or  red  skinned  meat.  A  cock 
lobster  is  known  by  the  narrow  back  part  of  the 
tail,  and  the  two  uppermost  fins  within  his  tail  are 
stiff  and  hard;  but  the  hen  is  soft,  and  the  back 
of  her  tail  broader. 

PLAICE   AN1>    FLOUNDERS. 

If  they  are  stiff,  and  their  eyes,  be  not  sunk  or 
look  dull,  they  are  new;  the  contrary  when  stale. 
The  best  sort  of  plaice  looks  blue  on  the  belly. 


A  FEW  OBSERVATIONS  TO  COOKS,  &c. 

Thus  far,  Joseph  and  David,  I  have  addressed 
myself  to  you,  and  might  here  conclude  my  obser- 
vations; but  as  this  book  may  fall  into  the  hands 
not  only  of  those  who  call  themselves  house  ser- 
vants, but  the  cook,  and  every  other  attendant  on 
large  or  small  families,  1  have  appended  a  few 
observations  addressed  to  house  servants  generally, 
but  more  especially  to  the  cook,  and  assistant  cook ; 
and,  that  I  might  not  be  thought  guilty  of  presump- 
tion, in  teaching  what  it  may  be  thought  I  may  not 
perfectly  understand  myself,  or,  as  the  old  saying 
is  'swim  beyond  my  depth,'  I  shall  quote  this  im-. 
portant  part  of  the  work  from  a  most  approved  au* 


ADVICE    TO    COOKS.  139 

thor,  of  whose  knowledge  on  these  points  there 
can  be  no  doubt.  Some  things  mentioned  may  not 
particularly  apply  to  the  case  in  hand  ;  but  gene- 
rally speaking,  the  remarks  and  advice  are  such  as 
should  be  read  by  every  individual  in  every  kitch- 
en of  every  great  family. 

On  your  first  coming  into  a  family,  lose  no  time 
in  immediately  getting  into  the  good  graces  of  your 
fellow-servants,  that  you  may  learn  from  them  the 
customs  of  the  kitchen,  and  the  various  rules  and 
orders  of  the  house. 

Take  care  to  be  on  good  terms  with  the  servant 
•who  waits  at  table;  you  may  make  use  of  him  as 
your  centinel  to  inform  you  how  your  work  has 
pleased  in  the  parlour,  and  by  his  report  you  may 
be  enabled  in  some  measure  to  rectify  any  mis- 
take :  but  request  the  favour  of  an  interview  with 
your  master  or  mistress, — depend  as  little  as  pos- 
sible on  second-hand  opinions — judge  of  your  em- 
ployers from  your  own  observations  and  their  be- 
haviour to  you,  not  from  any  idle  reports  from  the 
other  servants,  who,  if  your  master  or  mistress  in- 
advertently drop  a  word  in  your  praise — will  im- 
mediately take  alarm,  -and  fearing  your  being  more 
in  favour  than  themselves,  will  seldom  stick  at  tri- 
fles to  prevent  it,  by  pretending  to  take  a  prodig- 
ious liking  to  you,  and  poisoning  jour  mind  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  destroy  all  your  confidence,  &c.  in 
your  eniployers,  and  if  they  do  not  immediately 
succeed  in  worrying  you  away — will  take  care 
that  you  have  no  comfort  while  you  stay. 

If  you  are  a  good  cook,  and  have  tolerable  fair 
play,  you  will  soon  become  a  favourite  domestic,  if 
your  master  is  a  man  of  taste  ;  but  never  boast  of 
his  approbation,  for  in  proportion  as  you  think  you 
rise  in  his  estimation — you  will    excite    all   the 


140  ADVICE    TO    COOKS. 

tricks  that  envy,  haired,  and  malice,  and  all  un- 
charitableness,  can  suggest  to  your  fellow-servants ; 
every  one  of  whom,  if  less  diligent,  or  less  favour- 
ed than  yourself  will  he  your  enemy. 

While  warning  you  against  making  others  your 
enemy,  we  must  caution  you  also  to  take  care 
that  you  do  not  yourself  become  your  own  and 
greatest  enemy.  '  Favourites  are  never  in  greater 
danger  of  falling,  than  when  in  the  greatest  favour,' 
which  of(en  begets  a  careless  inattention  to  the 
commands  of  their  employers,  and  insolent  over- 
bearance  to  their  equals,  a  gradual  neglect  of  duty, 
and  corresponding  forfeiture  of  that  regard,  which 
can  only  be  preserved  by  the  means  which  cre- 
ated it. 

If  your  employers  are  so  pleased  with  your  con- 
duct as  to  treat  you  as  a  friend  rather  than  a  ser- 
vant, do  not  let  their  kindness  excite  your  self- 
conceit,  so  as  to  make  you  for  a  moment  forget 
you  are  one.  Condescension  even  to  a  proverb 
produces  contempt  in  inconsiderate  minds — and 
to  such  the  very  means  which  benevolence  takes 
to  cherish  attention  to  duty,  becomes  the  cause  of 
the  evil  you  wished  to  prevent. 

To  be  an  agreeable  companion  in  the  kitchen, 
\vithout  compromising  your  duty  to  your  patrons 
in  the  parlour,  requires  no  small  portion  of  good 
sense  and  good  nature;  in  a  word,  you  must 
*  do  as  you  would  be  done  by.' 

Act  for,  and  speak  of,  every  body,  as  if  they 
were  present. 

We  hope  the  culinary  student  who  peruses  these 
pages,  will  be  above  adopting  the  common,  mean 
and  base,  and  ever  unsuccesful  way  of  '  holding 
with  the  hare,  and  running  with  the  hounds,' — of 
currying  favour  with  fellow-servants  by  flattering 


ADVICE    TO    COOKS.  141 

them,  and  ridiculing  the  mistress  when  in  the 
kitchen,  and  then  prancing  into  the  parlour  and 
purring  about  her,  and  making  opportunities  to 
display  all  the  little  faults  you  can  find  (or  invent) 
that  will  tell  well  against  those  in  the  kitchen,  as- 
suring them,  on  your  return,  that  they  were  prais- 
ed for  whatever  you  heard  them  blamed  ;  and  so, 
excite  them  to  run  more  extremeiy  into  any  little 
error,  which  you  think  will  he  most  displeasing  to 
their  employers,  watching  an  opportunity  to  pour 
your  poisonous  lies  into  their  unsuspecting  ears, 
when  there  is  no  third  person  to  bear  witness  of 
your  inquiry — making  your  victims  believe  it  is  all 
out  of  your  sincere  regard  for  them — assuring 
them  (as  Betty  says  in  the  Man  of  the  World) — 
'  That  indeed  you  are  no  busybody  that  loves  fend- 
ing nor  proving,  but  hate  all  tittling  and  tattling — 
and  gossiping  and  back-biting,'  &c.  &c. 

Depend  upon  it,  if  you  hear  fellow-servants 
speak  disrespectfully  of  a  master  or  mistress  with 
whom  they  have  lived  some  time,  it  is  a  sure  sign 
that  they  have  some  sinister  scheme  against  your- 
self. ]f  they  have  not  been  well  treated,  why- 
have  they  stayed  ? 

'  There  is  nothing  more  detestable  than  defa- 
mation ;  I  have  no  scruple  to  rank  a  slanderer 
with  a  murderer  or  an  assassin.  Those  who  as- 
sault the  reputation  of  their  benefactors,  and  '  rob 
you  of  that  which  nought  enriches  them,'  would 
destroy  your  life,  if  they  could  do  it  with  equal 
impunity.' 

'  If  you  hope  to  gain  the  esteem  and  respect  of 
others,  and  the  approbation  of  your  own  heart,  be 
respectful  and  faithful  to  your  superiors,  obliging 
and  good-natured  to  your  fellow-servants,  and 
charitable  to  all.' 
13 


142  ADVICE    TO    COOKS. 

'  Let  your  character  be  remarkable  for  indus- 
try and  moderation  ;  your  manners  and  deport- 
ment, for  modesty  and  humility;  and  your  dress 
distinguished  for  simplicity,  frugality  and  neatness; 
if  you  outshine  your  companions  in  finery,  you  will 
most  inevitably  excite  their  envy,  and  make  them 
your  enemies.' 

'  Do  every  thing  at  the  proper  time.' 
'  Keep  every  thing  in  its  proper  place.' 
'  Use  every  thing  for  its  proper  purpose.' 

'  Never  think  any  part  of  your  business  too  tri- 
fling to  be  well  done.' 

'  Eagerly  embrace  every  opportunity  of  learn- 
ing any  thing  which  may  be  useful  to  yourself,  or 
of  doing  any  thing  which  may  benefit  others.' 

Do  not  throw  3'ourself  out  of  a  good  place  for  a 
slight  affi-ont.  '  Come  when  you  are  called,  and 
do  what  you  are  bid.' 

Place  yourself  in  your  master's  situation,  and 
then  consider  what  you  would  expect  from  him,  if 
he  were  in  yours. 

Although  there  may  be  '  more  places  than  par- 
ish churches,'  it  is  not  very  easy  to  find  many  more 
good  ones. 

'  A  rolling  stone  never  gathers  moss.' 

'  Honesty  is  the  best  policy. ' 

'A  still  tongue  makes  a  wise  head.' 

'  Saucy  answers  are  highly  aggravating,  and 
serve  no  good  purpose.' 

Let  your  master  or  mistress  scold  ever  so  much, 
or  be  ever  so  unreasonable  ;  as  '  a  soft  answer 
turneth  away  wrath,' — so  '  will  silence,  or  a  mild 
answer,  be  the  best  a  servant  can  make.' 

'  If  your  employers  are  hasty,  and  have  scolded 
without  reason,  bear  it  patiently ;  they  will  soon 
see  their  error,  and  be  happy  to  make  you  amends. 


ADVICE    TO    COOKS.  143 

Muttering  on  leaving  the  room,  or  slamming  the 
door  after  you,  is  as  bad  as  an  impertinent  reply; 
it  is,  in  fact,  showing  that  you  would  be  imperti- 
nent if  you  dared," 

'A  faithful  servant  will  rot  only  never  speak 
disrespectfully  to  her  employers,  but  will  not  hear 
disrespectful  words  said  of  them.' 

Apply  direct  to  your  employers,  and  beg  of 
them  to  explain  to  you  as  fully  as  possible,  how 
they  like  their  victuals  dressed,  whether  much,  or 
little  done. 

Of  what  complexion  they  wish  the  roasts,  of  a 
gold  colour,  or  well  browned,  and  if  they  like  them 
frothed  ? 

Do  they  like  soups  and  sauces,  thick  or  thin,  or 
white  or  brown,  clean  or  full  in  the  mouth  ?  What 
accompaniments  they  are  partial  to  ? 

What  flavours  they  fancy?  especially  of  spice 
and  herbs. 

It  is  impossible  that  the  most  accomplished 
cook  can  please  their  palates,  till  she  has  learned 
their  particular  taste ;  this,  it  can  hardly  be  ex- 
pected, she  can  hit  exactly  the  first  time,  however, 
the  hints  we  have  here  given,  will  very  much  fa- 
cilitate the  ascertainment  of  this  main  chance  of 
getting  into  their  favour. 

The  sense  of  taste  depends  much  on  the 
health  of  the  individual,  and  is  hardly  ever 
for  a  single  hour  in  the  same  state,  such  is  the 
Extremely  intimate  sympathy  between  the  stom- 
ach and  the  tongue,  that  in  proportion  as  the  for- 
mer is  empty,  the  latter  is  acute  and  sensitive; 
this  is  the  cause  that  'good  appetite  is  the  best 
sauce,'  and  that  the  dish  we  find  relishing  and  sa- 
voury at  luncheon,  is  insipid  at  dinner,  and  at  sup- 
per quite  tasteless. 


144  ADVICE    TO    COOKS. 

To  taste  any  thing  in  perfection  the  tongue 
must  be  moistened,  or  the  substance  applied  to  it 
contain  moisture,  the  nervous  papillae  which  con- 
stitute this  sense  are  roused  to  still  more  lively 
sensibility  by  salt,  sugar,  aromatics,  &c. 

If  the  palate  becomes  dull  by  repeated  tasting, 
one  of  the  best  ways  of  refreshing  it,  is  to  masti- 
cate an  apple,  or  to  wash  your  mouth  well  with 
milk. 

The  incessant  exercise  of  tasting,  which  a  cook 
is  obliged  to  submit  to  during  the  education  of  her 
tongue  frequently  impairs  the  very  faculty  she  is 
trying  to  improve,  "Tis  true  'tis  pity,  and  pity 
"tis,'  (says  a  grand  gourmand,)  'tis  true,  her  too 
anxious  perseverance  to  penetrate  the  mysteries 
of  palatics  may  diminish  the  /ac/,  exhaust  the  pow- 
er and  destroy  the  index,  without  which  all  her  la- 
bour is  vain.' 

Therefore  a  sagacious  cook,  instead  of  idly  and 
wantonly  wasting  the  excitability  of  her  palate,  on 
the  sensibility  of  which,  her  reputation  and  fortune 
depend,  when  she  has  ascertained  her  relative 
strength  of  the  flavour  of  the  various  ingredients 
she  employs,  will  call  in  the  balance  and  the  meas- 
ure, to  do  the  ordinary  business,  and  to  preserve 
her  organ  of  taste  with  the  utmost  care,  that  it 
may  be  a  faithful  oracle  to  refer  to,  on  grand  oc- 
casions, and  new  compositions ;  of  these  an  inge- 
nious cook  may  form  as  endless  a  variety,  as  a 
musician  with  his  seven  notes,  or  a  painter  with 
his  colours. 

Receive  as  the  highest  testimonies  of  your  em- 
ployer's regard,  whatever  observations  they  make 
on  your  work,  such  admonitions  are  the  most  un- 
equivocal proofs  of  their  desire  to  make  you  thor- 
oughly understand  their  taste,  and  their  wish  to 


ADVICE    TO    COOKS.  146 

retain  you  in  their  service,  or  they  would  not  take 
the  trouble  to  leach  you. 

Enter  into  all  their  plans  of  economy,  and  en- 
deavour to  make  the  most  of  every  thing,  as  well 
for  your  own  honour  as  your  master's  profit;  take 
care  that  the  meat  which  is  to  make  its  appear- 
ance again  in  the  parlour,  is  handsomely  cut 
with  a  sharp  knife,  and  put  on  a  clean  dish,  take 
care  of  the  gravy  which  is  left,  it  will  save  many 
pounds  of  meat  in  making  sauce  for  hashes,  poul- 
try, and  many  little  dishes. 

Many  things  may  be  re-dressed,  in  a  different 
form,  from  that  in  which  they  were  first  served, 
and  improve  the  appearance  of  the  table  without 
increasing  the  expense  of  it. 

The  best  way  to  warm  cold  meat  is  to  sprinkle 
the  joint  over  with  a  little  salt,  put  it  in  a  Dutch 
oven,  at  some  distance  before  a  gentle  fire,  that  it 
may  warm  gradually,  watch  it  carefully,  and  keep 
turning  it  till  it  is  quite  hot  and  brown  :  it  will  take 
from  twenty  minutes  to  three  quarters  of  an  hour, 
according  to  its  thickness  ;  serve  it  up  with  gra- 
vy; this  is  much  better  than  hashing  it,  and  by 
doing  it  nicely,  a  cook  will  get  great  credit.  Poul- 
try, fried  fish,  &c.  may  be  re-dressed  this  way. 

Take  care  of  the  liquor  you  have  boiled  poultry 
or  meat  in ;  in  five  minutes  you  may  make  it  into 
excellent  soup.  No  good  housewife  has  any  pre- 
tensions to  rational  economy  who  boils  animal 
food  without  converting  the  broth  into  some  sort 
of  soup. 

However  highly  the  uninitiated  in  the  mystery 
of  soup-making  maj'  elevate  the  external  appen- 
dage of  his  olfactor}'  organ  at  the  mention  of  '  pot 
liquor,'  if  he  tastes,  he  will  be  as  wellpleased  with 
it  as  a  Frenchman  is  with  '  potage  a  la  camerani,' 
13* 


146  ADVICE    TO    COOKS. 

of  which  it  is  said  '  a  single  spoonful  will  lap  the 
palate  in  Elysium,  and  while  a  drop  of  it  remains 
on  the  tongue,  each  other  sense  is  eclipsed  by  the 
voluptuous  thrilling  of  the  lingual  nerves  !' 

Broth  of  fragments. — When  you  dress  a  large 
dinner,  you  may  make  good  broth  or  portable  soup 
at  very  small  cost,  by  taking  care  of  all  the  trim- 
mings and  parings  of  the  meat,  game,  and  poultry 
you  are  going  to  use ;  wash  them  well,  and  put 
them  into  a  stewpan,  with  as  much  cold  water  as 
will  cover  them  ;  set  your  stewpan  on  a  hot  fire  ; 
when  it  boils,  take  off  all  the  .scum,  and  set  it  on 
again  to  simmer  gently;  put  in  two  carrots,  two 
turnips,  a  large  onion,  three  blades  of  pounded 
mace,  and  a  head  of  celery;  some  mushroom 
parings  will  be  a  great  addition.  Let  it  continue 
to  simmer  gently  four  or  five  hours,  strain  it 
thro.ugh  a  sieve  into  a  clean  basin.  This  will  save 
a  great  deal  of  expense  in  buying  gravy  meat. 

Have  the  dust,  &c.  removed  regularly  once  a 
fortnight,  and  have  your  kitchen  chimney  swept 
once  a  month  ;  many  good  dinners  have  been 
spoiled,  and  many  houses  burnt  down  by  the  soot 
falling;  the  best  security  against  this,  is  for  the 
cook  to  have  a  long  birch  broom,  and  e\ery  morn- 
ing  brush    down  all  the  soot   within  reach   of  it. 

Give  notice  to  your  employers  when  the  contents 
of  j'our  coal  cellar  are  diminished. 

It  will  be  to  little  purpose  to  procure  good  pro- 
visions, without  you  have  proper  utensils  to  pre- 
pare them  in  :  the  most  expert  artist  cannot  per- 
form his  work  in  a  perfect  manner  without  prop- 
er instruments;  you  cannot  have  neat  work  with- 
out nice  tools,  nor  can  you  dress  victuals  well  with- 
out an  apparatus  appropriate  to  the  work  required. 


ADVICE    TO    COOKS.  147 

'  In  those  houses  where  the  cook  enjoys  the  con- 
fidence of  her  employer  so  much  as  to  be  intrust- 
ed with  the  care  of  the  store-room,  which  is  not 
very  common,  she  will  keep  an  exact  account  of 
every  thing  as  it  comes  in,  and  insist  upon  the 
weight  and  price  being  fixed  to  every  article  she 
purchases,  and  occasionally  will  (and  it  may  not 
be  amiss,  to  jocosely  drop  a  hint  to  those  who  sup- 
ply them,  that  she  does)  reweigh  them  for  her 
own  satisfaction,  as  well  as  that  of  her  employer, 
and  will  not  trust  the  key  of  this  room  to  any  one; 
she  will  also  keep  an  account  of  every  thing  she 
takes  from  it,  and  manage  with  as  much  consider- 
ation and  frugality  as  if  it  was  her  own  property 
she  was  using,  endeavouring  to  disprove  the  adage, 
that '  plenty  makes  waste,'  and  remembering  that 
'  wilful  waste  makes  woful  want.' 

The  honesty  of  a  cook  must  be  above  all  sus- 
picion: she  must  obtain,  and,  (in  spite  of  the  num- 
berless temptations,  &,c.  that  daily  offer  to  bend 
her  from  it,)  preserve  a  character  of  spotless  in- 
tegrity, and  useful  industry,  remembering  that  it  is 
the  fair  price  of  independence,  which  all  wish  for, 
but  none  without  it  can  hope  for :  only  a  fool  or  a 
madman  will  be  so  silly  or  so  crazy,  as  to  expect 
to  reap,  where  he  has  been  too  idle  to  sow. 

Very  few  modern  built  town-houses  have  a  pro- 
per place  to  preserve  provisions  in,  the  best  sub- 
stitute is  a  hanging-safe,  which  you  may  contrive 
to  suspend  in  an  airy  situation,  and  when  you  or- 
der meat,  poultry  or  fish,  tell  the  tradesman  when 
you  intend  to  dress  it,  he  will  then  have  it  in  his 
power  to  serve  you  with  provisions  that  will  do 
him  credit,  which  the  finest  meat,  &c.  in  the  world 
will  never  do,  unless  it  has  been  kept  a  proper 
lime  to  be  ripe  and  tender. 


148  ADVICE    TO    COOKS. 

If  you  have  a  well-ventilated  larder,  in  a  shady, 
dry  situation,  you  may  make  it  still  surer,  by  order- 
ing in  your  meat  and  poultry,  such  a  time  before 
you  want  it  as  will  render  it  tender,  which  the  fin- 
est meat  cannot  be,  unless  hung  a  proper  time, 
according  to  the  season  and  nature  of  the  meat, 
&c.  but  always  as  '  les  bons  hommes  de  bouche  de 
France,'  say  it  is  '  assez  mortifiee.' 

Permitting  this  process  to  proceed  to  a  certain 
degree,  renders  meat  much  more  easy  of  solution 
in  the  stomach,  and  for  those  whose  digestive  fac- 
ulties are  delicate,  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance 
that  it  be  attended  to  with  the  greatest  nicety, 
for  the  most  consummate  skill  in  the  culinary 
preparation  of  it,  will  not  compensate  the  want  of 
attention  to  this.  Meat  that  is  thoroughly  roasted, 
or  boiled,  eats  much  shorter  and  tenderer,  and  is 
in  proportion  more  digestible,  than  that  which  is 
under  done. 

To  encourage  the  best  performance  of  the  ma- 
chinery of  mastication,  the  cook  must  take  care 
that  her  dinner  is  not  only  well  cooked,  but  that 
each  dish  be  sent  to  table  with  its  proper  accom- 
paniments in  the  neatest  and  most  elegant  manner. 

Remember  that  to  excite  the  good  opinion  of 
the  eye  is  the  first  step  towards  awakening  the 
appetite. 

Decoration  is  much  more  rationally  employed 
in  rendering  a  plain  wholesome  nutritious  dish 
inviting,  than  in  the  elaborate  embellishments 
which  are  crowded  about  trifles  and  custards. 

Endeavour  to  avoid  over-dressing  roasts  and 
boils,  &c.  and  over-seasoning  soups  and  sauces, 
^vith  salt,  pepper,  &;c.  it  is  a  fault  which  cannot  be 
mended. 

If  your  roasts,  &c.  are  a  little  under-done  ;  with 


ADVICE    TO    COOKS.  149 

the  assistance  of  the  stewpan,  the  gridiron,  or  the 
Dutch  oven,  you  may  soon  rectify  the  mistake 
made  with  the  spit  or  the  pot. 

If  over-done,  the  best  juices  of  the  meat  are 
evaporated,  it  will  serve  merely  to  distend  the 
stomach,  and  if  the  sensation  of  hunger  be  removed, 
it  is  at  the  price  of  an  indigestion. 

The  chief  business  of  cookery,  is  to  render  food 
easy  of  digestion,  and  to  facilitate  nutrition.  This 
is  most  completely  accomplished  by  plain  cookery 
in  perfection,  i.  e.  neither  over  nor  under-done. 

With  all  your  care,  you  will  not  get  credit  by 
cooking  to  perfection,  if  more  than  one  dish  goes 
to  table  at  a  time. 

To  be  eaten  in  perfection,  the  interval  between 
meat  being  taken  out  of  the  stew-pan,  and  its  be- 
ing put  into  the  mouth,  must  be  as  short  as  possible  : 
but  ceremon}'-,  that  most  formidable  enemy  to  good 
cheer,  too  often  decrees  it  otherwise,  and  the 
guests  seldom  get  a  bit  of  an  '  entremet,'  till  it  is 
half  cold.  So  aiuch  time  is  often  lost  in  putting 
every  thing  in  applepie  order,  that  long  before 
dinner  is  announced,  all  becomes  lukewarm,  and, 
to  complete  the  mortification  of  the  grand  gour- 
mand, his  meat  is  put  on  a  sheet  of  ice  in  the  shape 
of  a  plate,  which  instantly  converts  the  gravy  into 
jelly,  and  the  fat  into  a  something  which  puzzles 
his  teeth  and  the  roof  of  his  mouth  as  much  as  if 
he  had  birdlime  to  masticate :  a  complete  meat- 
skreen  will  answer  the  purpose  of  a  hot  closet, 
plate-warmer  &c. 

Never  undertake  more  work  than  you  are  quite 
certain  you  can  do  well :  and  if  you  are  ordered 
to  prepare  a  larger  dinner  than  you  think  you  can 
send  up  with  ease  and  neatness,  or  to  dress  any 
dish  you  are  unacquainted  with,  rather  than  run 


150  ADVICE    TO    COOKS. 

any  risk  of  spoiling  any  thing,  (for  by  one  fault, 
you  may  perhaps  lose  all  your  credit)  request  your 
employers  to  let  you  have  some  help.  They  will 
acquit  you  for  pleading  guilty  of  inability,  but  if 
you  make  an  attempt,  and  fail,  they  may  vote  it  a 
capital  offence. 

Do  not  trust  any  part  of  your  work  to  others 
without  carefully  overlooking  them ;  whatever 
faults  they  commit,  you  will  be  censured  for ;  if 
you  have  forgotten  any  article  which  is  indispen- 
sable for  the  day's  dinner,  request  3^our  employer 
to  send  one  of  the  other  servants  for  it.  The 
cook  must  never  quit  her  post,  till  her  work  is  en- 
tirely finished. 

It  requires  the  utmost  skill  and  contrivance  to 
have  all  things  done  as  they  should  be,  and  all  done 
together,  at  that  critical  moment  when  the  dinner 
bell  sounds  '  to  the  banquet.' 

"  A  feast  must  be  without  a  fault ; 
And,  if 'tis  not  all  right,  'tis  naught." 

But, 

"  Good  nature  will  some  failings  overlook, 

Forgive  mischance,  not  errors  of  the  cook : 

As,  if  no  salt  is  thrown  about  the  fish  5 

Or  nice  crisp'd  parsley  scatter'd  on  the  fish. 

Shall  we  in  passion  from  our  dinner  fly. 

And  hopes  of  pardon  to  the  cook  deny. 

For  things  which  Mrs.  Glass  herself  might  oversee, 

And  all  mankind  commit  as  well  as  she  ?" 

such  is  the  endless  variety  of  culinary  prepara- 
tions, it  would  be  as  vain  and  fruitless  a  search,  as 
that  for  the  philosopher's  stone,  to  expect  to  find  a 
cook  who  is  quite  perfect  in  the  operations  of  the 
spit,  the  stewpan,  and  the  rolling-pin  ;  you  will  as 
soon  find  a  watchmaker,  who  can  make,  put  to- 
gether, and  regulate  every  part  of  a  watch. 


ADVICE    TO    COOKS.  151 

'  The  universe  cannot  produce  that  cook  who 
knows  how  to  do  every  branch  of  cookery  well, 
be  his  genius  as  great  as  possible.' 

Those  who  desire  regularity  in  the  service  of 
their  table,  should  have  a  dial  of  about  twelve 
inches  diameter,  placed  over  the  kitchen  fire- 
place, carefully  regulated  to  keep  time  exactly 
with  the  clock  in  the  hall  or  dining  parlour;  with 
a  frame  on  one  side,  containing  a  taste  table,  of 
the  peculiarities  of  the  master's  palate,  and  the 
particular  rules  and  orders  of  his  kitchen,  and  on 
the  other  side,  of  rewards  given  to  those  who  at- 
tend to  them,  and  for  long  and  faithful  service. 

In  small  families,  where  a  dinner  is  seldom 
given,  a  great  deal  of  preparation  is  required,  and 
the  preceding  day  must  be  devoted  to  the  busi- 
ness of  the  kitchen. 

On  these  occasions  a  char-woman  is  often  em- 
ployed to  do  the  dirty  work,  but  we  rather  advise 
you  to  hire  a  cook  to  help  to  dress  the  dinner,  this 
would  be  very  little  more  expense,  and  the  work 
got  through  much  better. 

When  you  have  a  very  large  entertainment  to 
prepare,  get  your  soups  and  sauces,  forcemeats, 
&c.  ready  the  day  before ;  many  made  dishes  may 
also  be  prepared  the  day  before  they  are  to  go  to 
table,  but  do  not  do  them  quite  enough  the  first 
day  that  they  may  not  be  overdone  by  warming 
up  again. 

Prepare  every  thing  you  can  the  day  before  the 
dinner,  and  order  every  thing  else  to  be  sent  in 
early  in  the  morning;  if  the  tradesmen  forget  it,  it 
will  allow  you  time  to  send  for  it. 

The  pastry,  jellies,  &c.  you  may  prepare  while 
the  broths  are  doing;  then  truss  your  game  and 
poultry,  and  shape  your  collops,  cutlets,  &c.    No- 


i 


152  ADVICE    TO    COOKS. 

thing  should  go  to  table  but  what  has  indisputable 
pretensions  to  be  eaten  ! 

Put  jour  made  dishes  in  plates,  and  arrange 
them  upon  the  dresser  in  regular  order;  next  see 
that  your  roasts  and  boils  are  all  nicely  trimmed, 
trussed,  &c.  and  quite  ready  for  the  spit  or  the  pot. 

Have  your  vegetables  neatly  cut,  pared,  picked 
and  clean  washed  in  the  cullender:  provide  a  tin 
dish  with  partitions,  to  hold  your  fine  herbs  ;  on- 
ions and  shallots,  parsley,  thyme,  terragon,  cher- 
vil, and  burnet,  minced  very  fine,  and  lemon  peel 
grated,  or  cut  thin,  and  chopped  very  small;  pep- 
per and  salt  ready  mixed,  and  your  spice-box  and 
salt-cellar  always  ready  for  action,  that  every  thing 
you  want  may  be  at  hand  for  your  stove-work, 
and  not  be  scampering  about  the  kitchen  in  a 
whirlpool  of  confusion,  hunting  after  these  trifles, 
while  the  dinner  is  waiting. 

Nothing  can  be  done  in  perfection,  that  must  be 
done  in  a  hurry;  therefore,  if  you  wish  the  dinner 
to  be  sent  up  to  please  your  master  and  mistress, 
and  do  credit  to  yourself,  set  a  high  value  on  your 
character  for  punctuality  :  this  shows  the  establish- 
ment is  orderlj'^,  is  extremely  gratifying  to  the  mas- 
ter and  his  guests,  and  is  most  praise-worthy  in  the 
attendants. 

But,  remember,  you  cannot  obtain  this  desira- 
ble reputation,  without  good  management  in  every 
respect;  if  you  wish  to  insure  ease  and  indepen- 
dence in  the  latter  part  of  your  life,  you  must  not 
be  unwilling  to  pay  the  price  for  which  only  they 
can  be  obtained,  and  earn  them  by  a  diligent  and 
faithful  performance  of  the  duties  of  your  station 
in  3^our  young  days,  which,  if  you  steadily  perse- 
vere in,  you  may  depend  upon  ultimately  receiv- 
ing the  reward  your  services  deserve. 


ADVICE    TO    COOKS. 


153 


All  duties  are  reciprocal ;  and  if  you  hope  to 
receive  favour,  endeavour  lo  deserve  it  by  show- 
ing yourself  fond  of  obliging,  and  grateful  when 
obliged  ;  such  behaviour  will  win  regard  and  main- 
tain it,  enforce  what  is  right,  and  excuse  what  is 
wrong. 

Quiet  steady  perseverance  is  the  only  sure 
spring  which  you  can  safely  depend  upon  to  infal- 
libly promote  your  progress  on  the  road  to  inde- 
pendence. 

If  your  employers  do  not  immediately  appear  to 
be  sensible  of  your  endeavours  to  contribute  your 
utmost  to  their  comfort  and  interest,  be  not  easily 
discouraged;  persevere  and  do  all  in  your  power 
lo  make  yourself  useful.* 

Endeavour  to  promote  the  comfort  of  every  in- 
dividual in  the  family,  let  it  be  manifest  that  you 
are  desirous  to  do  rather  more,  than  what  is  requir- 
ed of  you,  than  less  than  your  duty:  they  merit 
little  who  perform  merely  what  would  be  exacted  ; 
if  you  are  desired  to  help  in  any  business  which 
may  not  strictly  belong  to  your  department,  under- 
take it  cheerfully,  patiently,  and  conscientiously. 

O^The  preceding  remarks  and  advice  to  cooks, 
are  extracted  from  the  Cook's  Oracle,  a  work 
which  should  be  oftener  in  the  hands  of  every 
Cook,  but  which  I  have  seldom  seen. 

*  N.B.  If  you  will  take  half  the  pains  to  deserve  the  regard  of  your 
master,  by  being  a  good  and  faithful  servant,  you  take  to  be  consider- 
ed a  good  fellow-servant,  so  many  of  you  would  not,  in  the  decline  of 
life,  be  left  destitute  of  tliose  comforts  which  age  requires,  nor  have 
occasion  to  quote  the  saying  that.  '  service  is  no  inheritance,'  unless 
your  own  misconduct  makes  it  so. 

'  The  idea  of  being  called  a  tell-tale  has  occasioned  many  good  ser- 
vants to  shut  their  eyes  against  the  frauds  of  fellow-servants.  In  the 
eye  of  the  law,  persons  standing  by  and  seeing  a  felony  committed, 
which  they  could  have  prevented,  are  both  equally  guilty  with  those 
committing  it." 

14 


154 


A  WORD  TO  HEADS  OF  FAMILIES. 

It  will  be  evident  to  you,  my  respected  employ- 
ers, that  the  foregoing  observations  are  thrown  to- 
gether in  a  very  crude  and  imperfect  manner. 
The  writer  has  no  pretensions  as  a  scholar,  but 
considerable  experience  as  a  servant,  and  it  was 
his  wish,  however  poorly  he  may  have  succeeded 
in  the  attempt,  to  convey  the  result  of  that  expe- 
rience to  his  fellow  servants  for  their  instruction 
and  guidance.  If  he  has  succeeded  in  the  slight- 
est degree,  he  humbly  thinks  it  will  be  more  read- 
ily received  and  read  by  servants,  for  whom  it  was 
exclusively  intended,  than  if  written  in  highflown 
terms,  or  by  one  among  yourselves.  You,  my 
respected  masters  and  mistresses,  will  reap  the 
principal  advantage  of  the  diffusion  of  a  knowl- 
edge of  their  duties  among  servants,  whose  ig- 
norance is  sometimes  very  troublesome.  The 
writer,  however,  has  farther  endeavoured,  in  all 
cases,  to  enforce  upon  the  minds  of  servants,  in 
stating  rules  and  duties,  that  'might  is  right;'  that 
these  rules  are  subject  lo  modification  and  varia- 
tion at  your  will  and  pleasure.  '  The  servant  is 
not  greater  than  his  master,'  neither  are  any  rules 
or  regulations;  'new  masters,  new  laws,'  and 
every  servant  must  conform  lo  those  of  the  family 
where  he  takes  up  his  residence,  without  demur 
or  hesitation. 

On  the  other  hand,  a  few  words  might  be  said  to 
masters  and  mistresses,  in  behalf  of  those  who  are 
dependent  on  them  for  their  present,  and  often- 
times for  their  eternal  good.  '  The  labourer  is 
worthy  of  his  hire,'  and  should  be  treated,  in  health 


155 

or  in  sickness,  with  pity  and  feeling  ;  if  it  is  neces- 
sary to  place  servants  under  strict  surveillance, 
at  least  they  shoud  be  treated  as  fellow  beings  and 
candidates  for  a  future  world.  It  would,  however, 
be  presumption  in  me,  a  servant,  to  urge  aught  on 
this  subject  to  my  superiors,  1  beg  leave  therefore 
respectfully  to  conclude  with  the  following  extract 
in  behalf  of  the  cook  and  other  servants,  taken 
from  the  said  Oracle  : — 

"  A  good  dinner  is  one  of  the  greatest  enjoyments 
of  human  life  ;  and  as  the  practice  of  cookery  is 
attended  with  so  many  discouraging  difficulies,  so 
many  disgusting  and  disagreeable  circumstances 
and  even  dangers,  we  ought  to  have  some  regard 
for  those  who  encounter  them,  to  procure  us  pleas- 
ure, and  to  reward  their  attention,  by  rendering 
their  situation  every  way  as  comfortable  and 
agreeable  as  we  can.  Mere  money  is  a  very  inad- 
equate compensation  to  a  complete  cook  ;  he  who 
has  preached  integrity  to  those  in  the  kitchen  may 
be  permited  to  recommend  liberality  to  those  in 
the  parlour;  they  are  indeed  the  scources  of  each 
other. 

Depend  upon  it, '  true  self-love  and  social,  are 
the  same;'  'do  as  you  would  be  done  by;'  give 
those  you  are  obliged  to  trust,  every  inducement 
to  be  honest,  and  no  temptation  to  play  tricks. 

When  you  consider  that  a  good  servant  eats  no 
more  than  a  bad  one,  how  much  more  waste  is 
occasioned  by  provisions  being  dressed  in  a  slov- 
enly and  unskilful  manner,  and  how  much  a  good 
cook  (to  whom  the  conduct  of  the  kitchen  is  con- 
fided) can  save  you  by  careful  management,  no 
housekeeper  will  hardly  deem  it  an  unwise  specu- 
lation, it  is  certainly  an  amiable  experiment,  to  in- 


156 

vite  the  honesty  end  industry  of  domestics,  by  set- 
ting them  an  example  of  liberality;  at  least,  show 
them,  that  '  according  to  their  pains,  will  be  their 
gains.'  But  trust  not  your  servants  with  the  se- 
cret of  their  own  strength  ;  importance  of  any 
kind,  being  what  human  frailty  is  least  able  to  bear. 

Avoid  all  approaches  towards  familiarity,  which 
to  a  proverb  is  accompanied  by  contempt,  and 
soon  breaks  the  neck  of  obedience. 

Servants  are  more  likely  to  be  praised  into 
good  conduct,  than  scolded  out  of  bad  ;  always 
commend  them  w  hen  they  do  right ;  to  cherish  the 
desire  of  pleasing  in  them,  you  must  show  them 
that  you  are  pleased  : — 

'  Be  to  their  faults  a  little  blind, 
And  to  their  virtues  very  kind.' 

By  such  conduct,  ordinary  servants  will  often  be 
converted  into  good  ones ;  few  are  so  hardened  as 
not  to  feel  gratified  when  ihey  are  kindly  and  lib- 
erally treated. 

It  is  a  good  maxim  to  select  servants  not  young- 
er than  thirty;  before  that  age,  however  comfort- 
able you  may  endeavour  to  make  them,  their 
•want  of  experience,  and  the  hope  of  something 
still  better,  prevents  their  being  satisfied  with  their 
present  state.  After  they  have  had  the  benefit  of 
experience,  if  they  are  tolerably  comfortable,  they 
will  endeavour  to  deserve  the  smiles  of  even  a 
moderately  kind  master,  for  fear  they  may  change 
for  the  worse. 

Life  may  indeed  be  very  fairly  divided  into  the 
seasons  of  hope  and  fear.  In  youth,  we  hope  eve- 
ry thing  may  be  right ;  in  age  we  fear  every 
thing  will  be  wrong. 


157 

Do  not  discharge  a  good  servant  for  a  slight 
offence — 

'  Bear  and  forbear,  thus  preached  the  stoic  sages, 
And  iu  two  words  include  the  sense  of  pages.' — Pope. 

Human  nature  is  the  same  in  all  stations  ;  if  you 
can  convince  your  servants,  that  you  have  a  gene- 
rous and  considerate  regard  for  their  health  and 
comfort,  why  should  you  imagine  that  they  will  be 
insensible  to  the  good  they  receive? 

Impose  no  commands  but  what  are  reasonable, 
nor  reprove  but  with  justice  and  temper  ;  the  best 
way  to  ensure  which,  is  never  to  lecture  them, 
till  at  least  one  day  after  they  have  oifended  you. 

If  they  have  any  particular  hardships  to  endure 
in  your  service,  let  them  see  that  you  are  con- 
cerned for  the  necessity  of  imposing  it. 

If  they  are  sick,  remember  you  are  their  patron 
as  well  as  their  master  •,  not  only  remit  their  la- 
bour, but  give  them  all  the  assistance  of  food,  phy- 
sic, and  every  comfort  in  your  power.  Tender 
assiduity  about  an  invalid  is  half  a  cure,  it  is  a 
balsam  to  the  mind,  which  has  a  most  powerful 
effect  on  the  body,  soothes  the  sharpest  pains,  and 
strengthens  beyond  the  richest  cordial. 

Ye,  who  think  that  to  protect  and  encourage 
virtue,  is  the  best  preventative  from  vice,  give 
your  female  servants  liberal  wages. 

'  Charity  should  begin  at  home,' — '  prevention 
is  preferable  to  cure,'  but  I  have  no  objection  to 
see  your  names  ornamenting  the  list  of  subscrib- 
ers to  foundling  hospitals,  and  female  peniten- 
tiaries. 

To  say  nothing  of  the  deleterious  vapours  and 
pestilential  exhalations  of  the  charcoal,  which 
soon  undermine  the  health  of  the  heartiest,  the 
14* 


158 

glare  of  a  scorching  fire  and  the  smoke  so  bane- 
ful to  the  eves  and  the  complexion,  are  continual 
and  inevitable  dangers  ;  and  a  cook  must  live  in 
the  midst  of  them,  as  a  soldier  on  the  field  of  bat- 
tle, surrounded  bj  bullets,  and  bombs,  and  Con- 
greve's  rockets,  with  this  only  difference,  that  for 
the  first,  every  day  is  a  fighting  day,  that  her  war-, 
fare  is  almost  always  without  glory,  and  most 
praiseworthy  achievements  pass  not  only  without 
reward,  but  frequently  without  even  thanks;  for 
the  most  consummate  cook  is,  alas !  seldom  no- 
ticed by  the  master,  or  heard  of  by  the  guests; 
who,  while  they  are  eagerly  devouring  his  turtle, 
and  drinking  his  wine,  care  very  little  who  dressed 
the  one,  or  sent  the  other. 

The  greatest  care  should  be  taken  by  the  man 
of  fashion,  that  his  cook's  health  be  preserved. 

Cleanliness,  and  a  proper  ventilation  to  carry 
off  smoke  and  steam,  should  be  particularly  at- 
tended to  in  the  construction  of  a  kitchen  ;  the 
grand  scene  of  action,  the  fire-place,  should  be 
placed  where  it  may  receive  plenty  of  light. 
Hitherto  the  contrary  has  prevailed,  and  the  poor 
cook  is  continually  basted  with  her  own  perspira- 
tion. 

It  is  almost  impossible  for  a  cook  to  attend  to 
the  business  of  the  kitchen  with  any  certainty  of 
perfection  if  employed  in  other  household  con- 
cerns. It  is  a  service  of  such  importance,  and  so 
difficult  to  perform  even  tolerably  well,  that  it  is 
sufficient  to  engross  the  entire  attention  of  one 
person. 

This  is  a  maxim  "which  is  neither  understood 
nor  admitted  in  some  families,  where  the  cook  is 
expected  to  be  a  house  servant  also,  and  coals  are 
meted  out  to  her  by  the  quart,  and  butter  by  the 
ounce,  &c. 


159 

If  the  master  and  mistress  of  a  family  will  some- 
times condescend  to  make  an  amusement  of  this 
art,  they  will  escape  a  number  of  disappointments, 
&c.  which  those  who  will  not,  must  suffer,  to  the 
detriment  of  both  their  health  and  their  fortune." 


DIRECTIONS  HOW  TO  MAKE  A  FIRE  OF 
LEHIGH  COAL. 

And  now,  Joseph  and  David,  I  must  address  a 
few  '  last  words'  to  you  on  the  subject  of  making 
coalf^-es.  Having  put  down  all  that  need  be  said 
in  respect  to  employers  and  servants  in  their  con- 
duct towards  each  other,  I  wish  to  add  some  very 
superior  directions  for  making  fires  of  what  is 
called  anthracite  coal,  otherwise  called  Lehigh, 
Rhode  Island,  or  any  hard  coal. 

Very  few  servants  at  first  understand  the  method 
of  kindling  and  continuing  a  fire  of  Lehigh  coal, 
many  will  never  learn,  and  many  more  from  errone- 
ous instructions,  whilst  they  think  they  understand 
it,  make  but  a  bungling  piece  of  work  of  it.  1  had 
prepared  some  observations  on  this  subject  to  be 
inserted  among  the  directions  and  receipts,  but 
have  omitted  them  in  order  to  give  room  to  the 
following  full  account  and  directions,  and  as  our 
book  is  intended  to  be  useful  to  servants,  it  must 
be  granted  that  a  knowledge  how  to  make  a  Le- 
high coal  fire,  when  it  is  becoming  so  common  in 
this  country,  is  quite  an  acquisition. 

I  wish  my  fellow  servants  to  read  the  rules  very 
attentively.  They  are  very  humorous,  but  very 
true,  and  they  lay  down  a  plain  and  easy  method 


i 


160 

for  preparing  and  burning  this  kind  of  coal.  These 
rules  were  first  published  in  the  'New  York  Amer- 
ican,'— and  people  thought  them  a  burlesque  upon 
the  use  of  this  kind  of  fuel,  but  experience  has 
made  them  acknowledge  that  they  are  most  excel- 
lent and  true,  and  hundreds  have  enjoyed  the 
comforts  of  a  hard  coal  fire  made  according  to  the 
writer's  directions. 

CHAPTER  I. OF  BUYING  AND  BREAKING.* 

1.  Buy  from  the  vessel,  if  possible  ;  for  a  chal- 
dron there  is  more  than  at  the  yard.  And  remem- 
ber that  every  seller  of  coal  is  a  cheat.        0 

2.  Stand  by  and  see  that  large  pieces  only  are 
put  into  the  cart,  for  a  cart  of  very  large  pieces, 
when  broken  up,  makes  a  cart  and  a  quarter  of 
small  ones. 

3.  Refuse  a  load  that  appears  to  contain  dust, 
because  Lehigh  dust  is  clear  waste,  and  enough  in 
all  conscience  is  made  in  the  breaking. 

4.  Break  the  coal  before  housing  it,  unless  3'-ou 
would  have  to  break  it  yourself  at  the  risk  of  ei- 
ther eye. 

5.  Do  not  be  hoaxed  out  of  a  dollar  for  a  ham- 
mer made  expressly  for  the  purpose  of  breaking 
Lehigh,  the  family  axe  is  just  as  good. 

6.  Do  not  take  a  man  from  the  yard  with  his 
patent  hammer,  to  break  your  coal  for  you,  unless 
you  would  pay  twice  what  the  job  is  worth,  and 
what  a  dozen,  in  less  than  five  minutes  after  th^ 
coal  is  dumped,  will  offer  to  do  it  for. 

7.  In  breaking,  see  that  each  piece  is  broken  by 
itself  on  the  pavement,  and  not  as  is  usual,  on  the 

*  This  coal  is  sold  by  weight  in  Boston;  and  broken  up  at  the  yard, 
at  an  extra  charge  of  fifty  cents  per  ton. 


161 

mass,  unless  you  wish  to  burn  half  the  coal  as 
powder. 

8.  Make  the  man  who  breaks  carry  in  as  fast 
as  he  breaks,  whereby  much  dust  will  be  saved. 

9.  Let  the  pieces  into  which  it  is  broken  be 
about  as  large  as  your  fist,  if  your  hand  is  rather  a 
small  one ;  otherwise,  about  the  size  of  your 
wife's,  provided  her  hand  is  something  larger  than 
common  ;  or,  about  the  size  of  a  half-pint  tumbler. 

10.  Watch  the  fellow  who  breaks,  or  he  will 
not  break  half  small  enough — or  he  will  break  it 
on  the  mass — or  he  will  use  a  bushel  up  as  mis- 
siles against  the  boys,  cows  or  pigs — or  he  will 
take  Mi-e  to  wet  it  all  in  the  gutter  before  he 
takes  Wu  p. 

11.  When  the  coal  is  in,  proceed  to  the  mystery 
of  burning,  which  deserves  a  separate  chapter. 
This  subject  however  is  better  handled  under 
the  two  heads,  of  kindling,  and  of  replenishing 
and  perpetuating. 

CHAPTER    II. — OF   THE   KINDLING. 

1.  This  is  a  great  mystery,  therefore  proceed 
with  caution  and  with  a  mind  divested  of  all  pre- 
judice. 

2.  Let  the  grate  be  perfectly  cleared  of  all  for- 
eign substances,  and  begin  the  fire  at  the  bottom. 

3.  The  best  material  for  kindling  is  charcoal, 
unless  perhaps  dry  hickory  be  preferred ;  the  lat- 
ter is  much  cheaper — not  absolutely  however,  that 
I  know  of,  but  it  is  relatively.  For,  in  relation  to 
the  cook,  it  may  be  affirmed  that  half  the  charcoal 
which  you  by  for  kindling  will  go  into  the  kitchen 
fire  to  save  trouble.  The  cheapest  method  is 
this :  buy  a  load  of  dry  hickory,  stipulate  that  it 


162 

shall  be  large,  have  it  sawed  three  times — the 
wood  will  now  be  in  junks,  which  you  may  defy 
the  cook  to  burn — split  it  up  as  fast  as  wanted  and 
no  faster.  Some  say  that  Liverpool  is  the  cheap- 
est kindler.  It  inay  be  at  six  dollars  a  chaldron, 
but  it  is  not  at  sixteen  dollars:  and  then  you 
must  have  wood  to  kindle  the  Liverpool. 

4.  Having  got  the  kindling,  proceed  to  the 
grate.  Throw  into  it  first  live  coals  from  the 
kitchen,  then  lay  on  the  charcoal  or  hickory,  be 
not  too  sparing, — then  place  loosely,  and  with  the 
fingers,  fair  pieces  of  Schuylkill,  Lehigh,  or  Rhode 
Island  of  the  orthodox  size.  I  advise  the  use  of 
the  fingers,  because  the  work  is  done  quickejrthan 
with,  the  tongs,  from  which  the  smooth  Schi^lkill 
perpetually  slips.  Let  the  coal  be  piled  as -high 
as  the  grate  will  allow. 

6.  If  you  are  in  a  hurry,  put  up  the  blower;  if 
not,  do  not  use  it,  for  the  hard  coal  kindles  much 
better  without  forcing.  The  blower  makes  a 
quicker  fire,  but  a  worse  one,  for  the  outside  of 
the  coals  is  burned  before  the  inside  is  even  heat- 
ed. When  the  blower  is  removed,  the  heat  sud- 
denly subsides;  the  coals  (Lehigh  especially)  are 
found  encrusted  with  a  while  coating  of  hard  ash- 
es, which  renders  them  almost  incombustible,  and 
the  fire  afterwards  becomes  very  dull. 

6.  If  the  process  of  kindling  fails,  begin  all  over 
again.  Failure  most  frequently  proceeds  from 
stinginess  in  the  material  of  kindling.  Better  be 
prodigal  of  it  than  have  the  fire  go  out,  and  the 
grate  all  disembowelled  a  second  time.  Horresco 
referens. 

7.  The  fire  now  being  well  kindled but  this 

is  the  subject  of  another  chapter. 


163 


CHAPJER   in. or   REPLENISHING   AND  PERPET- 
UATING. 

1.  The  fire  being  now  well  under  way,  it  will 
need  to  be  fed  but  three  times  during  the  day  and 
evening.  The  first  replenishing  should  take  place 
iaimediately  after  breakfast,  when  the  family 
breaks  up,  the  gentlemen  retreating  to  the  count- 
ing-room, office,  or  study,  and  the  ladies  to  their 
dressing-rooms  ;  the  second,  about  an  hour  before 
dinner  ;  the  third,  a  little  into  the  evening. 

2.  If  my  readers  are  willing  to  be  truly  econo- 
mical, let  them  replenish  a  fourth  time,  viz.  at 
going  to  bed — which  I  call  the  perpetuating  process. 
Since,  if  it  be  done  properly^  the  fire  need  be  kin- 
dled but  once  for  the  whole  winter,  say  on  the  1st 
day  of  November,  and  thus  an  immense  amount  of 
kindling  matter  may  be  saved. 

3.  The  method  of  perpetuating  is  exceedingly 
simple,  and  consists  merely  in  adding  a  few  pieces 
of  coal  at  11  o'clock  say,  and  then  covering  the 
whole  with  cinders  and  ashes,  usque  satictatura — 
i.  e.  till  you  have  shovelled  up  as  much  as  the  grate 
can  bear.  In  the  morning  ail  you  have  to  do,  is 
to  clap  on  the  blower,  and  presto,  the  fire  before 
you  is  red  hot.  Following  this  plan,  my  parlour 
has  always  been  comfortable  at  breakfast. 

4.  Let  not  the  ladies  murmur:  the  grate  can 
still  be  cleaned.  When  the  servant  first  approach- 
es the  grate  in  the  morning,  every  thing  is  calm, 
quiet,  slumbering  and  cool— you  would  hardly  be- 
lieve the  fire  to  be  there  :  and  the  brass  can  there- 
fore be  polished  without  the  least  hindrance.  And 
not  till  that  is  done  should  the  blower  be  applied. 


164 

CHAPTER  IV. — OP   THE    POKER. 

1.  A  judicious  use  of  the  poker  is  essential  to 
the  well-being  of  an  anthracite  fire.  This  is  the 
most  delicate  part  of  the  science  of  coal  burning, 
and  the  strictest  attention  should  be  given  to  it. 
So  nice  a  matter  is  this,  that  1  am  almost  ready  tp 
say,  that  I  can  form  my  opinion  of  a  man's  intel- 
lect from  his  application  of  the  poker  as  well  as 
his  pleading,  preaching,  or  physicking. 

2.  An  ignorant,  meddlesome,  or  nervous  person 
you  will  often  see  thrusting  in  the  poker  at  all  ad- 
ventures, without  rhyme  or  reason — as  often  mar- 
ring as  making  the  fire.  In  a  cold  winter  day 
particularly,  the  poker  should  always  be  kept  out 
of  their  reach.     They  are  unworthy  its  honors. 

3.  llie  legitimate  office  of  the  poker,  in  the 
case  of  a  hard  coal  fire,  is  to  clear  away  the  ashes 
■which  accumulate  on  the  lower  bars,  and  promote 
a  free  circulation  of  air.  Not  to  quicken  the  blaze 
by  brealiing  a  large  coal  in  pieces,  or  by  changing 
the  position  of  pieces,  as  in  fires  of  Liverpool  coal. 

4.  A  fire  should  be  poked  when  at  its  zenith — if 
you  wait  till  it  is  much  below  that,  your  poking 
will  only  poke  it  out ;  the  more  you  poke  the  less 
it  will  burn. 

5.  If  the  fire,  from  having  been  too  long  neglec- 
ted, appear  to  be  in  a  doubtful  state,  hesitating 
between  life  and  death — never  touch  a  poker  to  it, 
it  will  be  the  death  of  it — never  stir  it — scarce 
look  or  breathe  upon  it,  but  with  the  step  of  a 
ghost,  clap  on  the  blower,  and  if  the  vital  spark  be 
not  wholly  extinct,  the  air  will  find  it  out,  and  in  a 
few  moments  blow  it  up  to  a  generous  heat — then 
gradually  add  fresh  coal  in  small  clean  pieces,  de- 


165 

void  of  dust,  and  j'our  fire  is  safe. — Servants  never 
learn  this  mystery,  the}'  always  fly  to  the  poker  in 
every  case  of  distress,  and  by  their  stupid  use  of  it, 
double  their  own  labour  and  vex  the  mistress  of  the 
bouse. 

6.  This  direction  should  be  particularly  observ- 
ed in  the  morning,  when  a  fire  has  been  perpetu- 
ated. No  coal  should  be  added,  nor  the  fire  touched 
till  after  the  blower  has  been  up  and  done  its 
work.  It  will  ofien  be  found,  especially  in  the 
case  of  the  Schuylkill  coal,  far  preferable  to  Le- 
high—that  this  alone  will  furnish  a  sufficient  heat 
for  the  breakfast  hour ;  which  is  a  demonstration 
that  it  is  no  waste,  but  a  clear  saving,  to  perpetu- 
ate the  fire  in  the  manner  laid  down. 

7.  Many  more  niceties  might  be  enumerated 
touching  the  poker;  but  I  refrain  and  willingly 
leave  something  to  the  imagination  of  the  reader. 
I  conclude,  as  the  preachers  say,  with  only 
one  practical  remark — that  you  will  never  have  a 
good  anthracite  fire,  till  you  have  broken  your  hus- 
band, brother,  or  wife,  of  the  mischievous  habit 
of  poking.  It  is  surely  an  unseemly  habit  in  itself, 
as  well  as  an  injurious  one  to  the  fire.  It  shows 
too  a  mcddleson:c,  prying,  insinuating  disposition; 
and  I  can  never  help  thinking,  when  I  see  one  of 
this  sort  poking  the  coals,  that  he  only  wants  the 
opportunity  to  thrust  himself  into  my  private  affairs. 

CHAPTER   V. CONTAINING    MISCELLANIES. 

1.  If  the  savings  bank  is  a  good  thing  in  Wall- 
street,  it  is  a  belter  thing  in  our  own  houses.  If 
we  save  at  home,  we  need  not  put  our  money 
there,  we  shall  be  rich  enough  without  money  at 
interest.  We  waste  in  nothing  more  than  the  use 
15 


166 

of  hard  coal.  The  cinders  which  I  see  every  day 
lying  in  the  streets,  nay  before  my  own  door, 
would,  if  gathered  up,  afford  fuel  to  many  a  poor 
family;  yet  I  confess  that  I  do  not  see  how  the 
evil  is  to  be  remedied.  The  cinders  get  so  min- 
gled with  the  ashes,  that  it  is  difficult  to  separate 
them,  and  the  servants  will  not  do  it.  But  till  a 
way  is  discovered  of  saving  them,  a  Schuylkill  may 
be  a  clean  and  hot  fire,  but  it  will  not  be  a  cheap 
one.    Of  Liverpool  coal  you  can  burn  every  atom. 

2.  The  blower  should  questionless  be  the  size  - 
of  the  whole  grate  ;  but  it  should  be  used    with 
discretion. 

3.  As  to  the  form  of  grates,  I  think  on  the 
whole,  that  the  Lehigh  grate  with  horizontal  front 
bars,  and.  rake  ones  for  the  bottom,  possesses  the 
greatest  advantages. — There  is  the  greatest  objec- 
tion to  one  of  the  common  Liverpool  constructions, 
which  is  that  the  floor  of  it,  the  bottom  bars,  are 
altogether  too  thickly  set.  The  ashes  cannot  fall 
through,  but  collect  upon,  then  deaden,  and  finally 
extinguish  the  fire,  while  the  coal  is  not  half  con- 
sumed. In  order  to  keep  the  fire  a-going  at  all, 
there  must  be  a  very  frequent  clearing  away  of 
the  ashes  with  the  poker.  A  practice  to  be  dep- 
recated, as  it  tends  to  generate  the  worst    habits. 

I  had  sketched  the  heads  of  a  couple  of  chap- 
ters on  the  merits  of  anthracite  in  general,  and  on 
the  relative  excellencies  of  Lehigh,  Schuylkill, 
and  Rhode  Island,  but  I  must  defer  them  to  some 
other  time,  and  in  the  meanwhile  I  commend  my 
readers  to  the  kind  care  of  a  spirit-stirring  Schuyl- 


167 


CHAPTER     VI. — OF     THE     THREE     COALS     aJJD     THEIR 
ADVANTAGES     OVER    LIVERPOOL. 

1.  As  to  the  general  merits  of  hard  coal  over 
Liverpool  or  any  other  bilumenous  coal — I  place 
cleanliness  at  the  very  top  of  its  virtues, — 
cleanliness  as  to  smoke,  dust,  or  smell.  Were 
they  at  the  same  price,  and  of  the  same  endur- 
ance, I  should  take  without  hesitation  the  hard 
coal,  it  is  so  infinitely  cleaner.  Burn  Liverpool, 
and  your  clothes  are  smutted. — your  flesh  begrim- 
med— your  furniture  dirtied — your  walls  blackened, 
and  wherever  there  happens  to  be  a  crack,  seam- 
ed with  long  tapering  streaks  of  soot — your  carpets 
soiled,  and  when  taken  up,  if  there  are  cracks  in 
your  floor,  are  found  indelibly  stained  with  cor- 
responding lines  of  smut,  to  such  a  degree  that 
you  are  defeated  in  your  economical  purpose  of 
wearing  them  next  year  the  wrong  side  up.  I  say 
nothing  of  the  filthy  smut  that  deposites  itself  on 
your  books  and  papers — of  the  unnumbered  cob- 
webs brought  to  light  by  the  smoke  and  dust  gath- 
er ;g  on  them,  which  might  else  have  hung  undis- 
cerned  for  months  or  years —  of  those  globules  of 
pure  greasy  black  in  the  shape  oi polly-wogs  that 
go  sailing  round  the  room,  and  light  on  your  shirt 
collar  or  cheek,  where  they  are  unwillingly  rub- 
bed in,  while  you,  like  Malvolio,  cross-gartered, 
parade  yourself  in  the  streets,  and  wonder  to  see 
every  one  smile  as  he  passes.  And  then,  the 
stench  of  this  vile  coal,  when^a  strong  north- 
wester, or  whatever  the  wind  is  that  nauseates 
the  throat  of  your  chimney,  blows  the  smoke  in 
Stygian  puffs  into  your  parlour  and  face — boh! 
suicide  might  be  traced  to  it. 


168 

But  burn  anthracite,  and  the  whole  scene  is 
changed.  Whitewash  your  parlours  in  the  spring 
or  autumn,  and  the  white  is  just  as  fresh  and  pure 
at  the  end  of  a  long  winter  as  at  first.  After  three 
months  fire  in  my  parlour,  I  have  been  unable  to 
perceive  the  slightest  dinginess  in  the  walls,  ceil- 
ing, or  cornice. — A  matter  of  the  greatest  conse- 
quence in  those  houses  where  the  cornice  has  its 
oak  leaves,  rosettes,  dentals,  and  nobody  knows 
what  more,  of  architectural  ginger-bread  work. 
For,  by  frequent  white-washings,  though  done  with 
ever  so  much  care,  and  with  the  nicest  Paris  white, 
the  fine  sharp  edges,  graceful  curves,  and  delicate 
cavities  on  which  the  beauty  of  the  cornice  wholly 
depends,  are  lost,  being  cased  over  or  filled  up  by 
the  muddy  brush  of  the  black  white-washer.  The 
dust  too,  which  hard  coal  makes,  though  light  and 
fine,  is  clean  and  pure,  and  easily  dislodged  from 
the  mantle  piece  and  furniture,  without  leaving  the 
least  trace  of  its  presence.  Its  visibilil3%  wherev- 
er it  does  light,  serves  also  to  keep  the  lady  of  the 
house  on  the  alert,  and  the  dusting-cloth  in  more 
frequent  action.  And  as  to  smell,  it  has  infinitely 
the  preference  over  the  bitumenous  coals.  It  sa- 
vours of  sulphur  to  be  sure,  and  the  associations 
are  by  no  means  agreeable:  but  so  do  the  Con- 
gress waters  smell  of  sulphur,  and  taste  too,  yet  we 
travel  500  or  1000  miles  to  enjoy  it.  JBut  the 
smell,  however,  cannot  be  denied  to  be  a  pure, 
wholesome,  medical  one,  though  perhaps  now  and 
then  a  little  too  strong,  especially  from  the  Schuyl- 
kill. The  Rhode  Island  is  remarkable  for  being 
wholly  innocent  of  the  fumes  that  proceed  both 
from  Lehigh  and  Schuylkill.  A  great  merit  surely. 

2.  As  to  durability.  All  kinds  of  hard  coal 
stand  the  heat  remarkably  well.     But  I  confess 


169 

they  do  not  stand  it  so  well  as  I  could  wish.  They 
do  burn  out.  The  best  will  consume  away  after 
a  while.  The  truth  is,  that  though  a  fire  of  An- 
thracite will,  to  be  sure,  last  longer  than  one  of 
Liverpool,  yet  a  chaldron  of  anthracite  will  not 
last  a  whit  longer  than  a  chaldron  of  Liverpool. 
And  the  reason  is,  that  while  a  peck  of  Liverpool 
makes  as  good  a  fire  as  is  ordinarily  wanted  in  the 
coldest  weather,  it  takes  a  bushel  of  Anthracite. 
If  a  hard  coal  fire  therefore  lasts  longer,  it  ought 
to,  in  all  conscience,  for  it  is  four  times  as  big.  I 
state  the  case  in  round  terms,  but  1  am  persuaded 
that  they  represent  the  truth  very  nearly  :  yet,  if 
there  is  no  great  cheapness,  there  is  great  comfort 
in  a  hard  coal  fire,  in  its  steadiness,  constancy,  and 
trust-worthiness.  Like  a  man  of  integrity  and 
consistency,  you  always  know  where  to  find  it.  ]t 
plays  you  no  tricks,  but  maintains  the  same  sober, 
equal  demeanour.  When  you  go  out,  if  you  just 
cast  a  look  at  the  grate,  provided  you  have  studied 
the  subject  properly,  you  know  just  how  long  you 
can  he  gone  and  find  a  good  fire  when  3'ou  return. 
You  can  tell  with  great  exactness  whether  it  will 
stand  2,  3,  4,  5,  or  6  hours  longer,  But  a  Liver- 
pool fire  deceives  you  perpetually.  Yow  left  per- 
haps a  good  fire  and  ample  coal  on,  to  last  till  you 
should  get  back;  but  when  you  enter  your  par- 
lour, shivering  with  cold,  all  is  black — the  fire  has 
either  gone  out,  leaving  the  half-burnt  coal  all 
bridged  over  the  grate  ;  or,  having  found  a  vent 
through  the  superincum!)ent  mass,  the  draught  thus 
created  has  whistled  it  all  away,  in  a  manner  alto- 
gether rapid,  costly  and   provoking. 

3.  As  to  the  Heat. — With  a  right  furious  draught, 
in  a  grate  properly  constructed,  1  believe  that  the 
hard  coal  in  an  equal  quantity  would  yield  a  fiercer 
15* 


170 

heat  than  Liverpool.  But  in  a  sluggish  grate, 
where  the  hard  coal  burns  slowly,  it  is  with  much 
ado  that  a  small  room  can  be  kept  warm  with  it, 
■while  Liverpool  frequently  renewed  and  judicious- 
ly poked,  would,  drive  you  out  of  it.  Take  an 
equal  weight  of  each  and  subject  each  to  the  high- 
est draught,  and  I  have  no  doubt  that  the  anthra- 
cite would  yield  vastly  more  heat — more  intense 
and  for  a  longer  period  than  Liverpool.  It  is  said 
that  the  Rhode  Island  makes  a  hotter  fire  than  ei- 
ther of  the  others,  and  from  a  short  trial  I  am  in- 
clined to  believe  that  it  is  true.  It  certainly 
makes  more  flame— much  more — as  the  trial  of  it 
at  M'Queen's  furnace  proved,  and  as  my  own  ex- 
perience has  proved  also.  A  fire  of  Rhode  Island 
is,  too,  more  beautiful  than  one  of  Lehigh  or 
Schuylkill.  The  flame  is  indeed  exceedingly  beau- 
tiful. You  see  all  sorts  of  colours  issuing  from  the 
lop  of  the  fire  and  blending  together  ;  rose,  pink, 
purple,  violet,  red  and  blue,  now  separate  and  dis- 
tinct, and  now  weaving  together.  What  it  is  that 
occasions  this  I  know  not.  It  may  be  the  same 
mysterious  cause  that  produces  in  Newport  and 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  mines  the  most  beautiful 
women.  Every  one  knows  that  a  Newport  lady 
and  beauty  are  almost  convertible  terms.  It  is  a 
singular  coincidence  too,  and  well  worth  noticing, 
that,  as  the  external  of  Rhode  Island  coal  is  ex- 
ceedingly unprepossessing  while  the  flame  is  so 
beautiful,  so  nothing  can  be  more  dismal  than  the 
outward  aspect  of  Newport,  though  so  much  beau- 
ty lies  hidden  beneath.  Philosophers  might  per- 
haps speculate  profitably  on  these  analogies. 

4.  But  I   begin   to  prose.     Old   age,    however, 
must  be  allowed  its  privileges. 


171 


CHAPTER   Vn. — THE   HARD    COALS    BRIEFLY    CON- 
TRASTED. 

I  do  not  intend  saying  much  on  this  part  of  my 
subject,  because  of  Rhode  Island  I  know  but  little, 
and  there  is  not  after  all,  perhaps,  much  to  be 
said.  Besides,  it  will  be  construed  into  a  piece  of 
sheer  prejudice  and  ill-nature  by  the  wives  of 
stockholders,  if  I  should  exalt  one  coal  to  the  inju- 
ry of  that  in  which  their  husbands  hold  stock.  To 
avoid  an  evil  like  this  I  shall  say  but  a  word,  and 
leave  the  subject.  I  am  afraid,  however,  that  I 
shall  certainly  bring  the  wrath  of  many  down  upon 
my  head  by  what  little  I  do  say — for  in  one  word  I 
do  think  the  Schuylkill  is  the  best  of  the  three, 
and  for  this  reason,  that  it  burns  the  easiest.  Who 
says  it  does  not,  I  freely  say  does  not  know  where- 
of he  affirms,  or  he  is  prejudiced,  while  I  aver  that 
I  am  free  of  all  prejudice. 

The  Lehigh,  under  similar  circumstances  of 
draught,  will  grow  dull  and  go  out,  while  the 
Schuylkill  would  have  burned  freely. 

The  Schuylkill  burns  itself  up  much  more  per- 
fectly than  Lehigh,  which  will  oftentimes  go  out, 
leaving  the  grate  half  full  of  half  burnt  coal. 

In  perpetuating  the  fire,  the  pre-eminence  of 
Schuylkill  is  particularly  observable,  it  keeps  fire 
through  the  night  much  better  than  Lehigh. 

In  breaking,  Schuylkill  breaks  hard,  Lehigh 
harder,  Rhode  Island  least  hard.  Comparing 
them  with  strict  grammatical  precision,  Rhode 
Island  is  hard,  Schuylkill  harder,  Lehigh  hardest, 
both  to  break  and  burn. 

As  to  price,  Schuylkill  and  Lehigh  are  cheap, 
comparative  wanting,  Rhode  Island  cheapest- 


172 

In  respect  of  beauty  of  fracture,  that  of  Lehigh 
is  clean  and  smooth,  that  of  Schujlkill  exceedingly 
brilliant,  of  Rhode  Island  hideously  ugly. 

As  to  combustion,  that  of  Rhode  Island  is  the 
most  complete,  and  the  residue  the  least. 

In  regard  to  ashes  and  dirt,  they  are  about  alike : 
Lehigh  ashes  being  whitest,  Schuylkill  darker,  and 
Rhode  Island  darker  still.  Lehigh  perhaps  makes 
the  least  ashes,  though  it  leaves  the  most  of  a  hard 
incombustible  cinder.  And  Rhode  Island  perhaps 
makes  the  most  ashes,  while  as  far  as  I  have  dis- 
cerned, it  leaves  nothing  unburnt. 

Many  other  slight -comparisons  suggest  them- 
selves, but  they  would  be  even  less  to  the  purpose 
than  those  I  have  already  indulged  in. 

It  has  been  hardly  fair,  perhaps,  to  our  neigh- 
bour of  Rhode  Island  to  bring  her  into  the  lists,  as 
we  have  not  probably  had  a  fair  specimen  of  it  yet 
in  the  market.  What  we  have  had,  it  is  well 
known  was  water-soaked,  by  no  means  in  a  fit  state 
for  the  grate.  But  there  is  every  reason  to  be- 
lieve that  when  the  mines  have  been  somewhat 
further  opened,  and  the  coal  has  been  properly 
exposed  in  the  drying  house,  it  will  burn  with  even 
more  facility  than  the  Schuylkill.  From  the  assu- 
rances of  one  who  has  burned  it  in  this  perfectly 
dry  slate,  it  cannot  be  doubted  ;  and  on  his  assu- 
rances, one  of  the  above  comparisons  is  grounded. 
If,  therefore,  it  shall  the  next  year  be  offered  at 
six  or  seven  dollars  the  chaldron,  we  may  at  length 
be  in  possession  of  a  cheap  as   well  as  good  fuel. 

I  tear  myself,  Messrs.  Editors,  reluctantly  from 
this  dirk  but  delightful  theme.  If  I  thought  you 
would  print  more  1  would  write  more,  but  your 
patience  must  be  exhausted.' 

1  will  only  say,  in  conclusion,  that  could  I  utter 


173 


myself  in  the  language  of  our  first  poet,  now  hap- 
pily a  citizen  of  our  city,  I  should  think  it  no  pro- 
fanation of  my  powers  to  employ  them  in  singing 
the  beauites  of  the  many-coloured  Schuylkill. 

AN    AMATEUR. 


MISCELLANEOUS  OBSERVATIONS, 

COMPILED    rOR    THE    USE    OP    HOUSE    SERVANTS. 

Many  well-meaning  servants  are  ignorant  of  the 
best  means  of  managing,  and  thereby  waste  as 
much  as  would  maintain  ft  small  family,  besides 
causing  the  mistress  of  the  house  much  ciiagrin  by 
their  irregularity  :  and  many  families,  from  a  want 
of  method,  have  the  appearance  of  chance  rather 
than  of  regular  system.  To  avoid  this,  the  follow- 
ing hints  may  be  useful  as  well  as  economical : — 

iEvery  article  should  be  kept  in  that  place  best 
suited  to  it,  as  much  waste  may  thereby  be  avoid- 
ed, vi2. 

Vegetables  will  keep  best  on  a  stone  floor,  if  the 
air  be  excluded, — Meat  in  a  cold  dry  place. — Su- 
gar and  sweetmeats  require  a  dry  place;  so  does 
salt. — Candles  cold,  but  not  damp. — Dried  meats, 
hams,  &c.  the  same. — All  sorts  of  seeds  for  pud- 
dings, saloop,  rice,  &;c.  should  be  close  covered, 
to  preserve  from  insects ;  but  that  will  not  pre-- 
vent  it,  if  long  kept. 

Bread  is  so  heavy  an  article  of  expence,  that  all 
waste  should  be  guarded  against;  and  having  it 
cut  in  the  room  will  tend  much  to  prevent  it.  It 
should  not  be  cut  until  a  day  old.  Earthen  pans 
»nd  covers  keep  it  best, 


174 

Straw,  to  lay  apples  on,  should  be  quite  dry,  to 
prevent  musty  taste. 

Large  pears  should  be  tied  up  by  the  stalk. 

Basil,  savoury,  or  knotted  marjoram,  or  thyme, 
to  be  used  when  herbs  are  ordered ;  but  with 
discretion,  as  they  are  very  pungent. 

The  best  means  to  preserve  blankets  from  moths 
is  to  fold  and  lay  them  under  the  feather-beds  that 
are  in  use ;  and  they  should  be  shaken  occasion- 
ally. When  soiled,  they  should  be  washed,  not 
scoured. 

Soda,  by  softening  the  water,  saves  a  great  deal 
of  soap.  Jt  should  be  melted  in  a  large  jug  of 
water,  some  of  which  pour  into  the  tubs  and  boil- 
er ;  and  when  the  latter  becomes  weak,  add  more. 
The  new  iniprovement  in  soft  soap  is,  if  properly 
used,  a  saving  of  near  half  in  quantity  ;  and  though 
sometimes  dearer  than  the  hard,  reduces  the  price 
of  washing  considerably. 

Many  good  laundresses  advise  soaping  linen  in 
warm  water  the  night  previous  to  washing,  as  facil- 
itating the  operation  with  less  friction. 

Sonp  should  be  cut  with  a  wire  or  twine,  in  pie- 
ces that  will  make  a  long  square  when  first  brought 
in,  and  kept  out  of  the  air  two  or  three  weeks  ; 
for  if  it  dry  quick,  it  will  crack,  and  when  wet, 
break.  Put  it  on  a  shelf,  leaving  a  space  be- 
tween, and  let  it  grow  hard  gradually.  Thus,  it 
will  save  a  full  third  in  the  consumption. 

Some  of  the  lemons  and  oranges  used  for  juice 
should  be  pared  first,  to  preserve  the  peel  dry; 
some  should  be  halved,  and  when  squeezed,-  the 
pulp  cut  out,  and  the  outsides  dried  for  grating. 
If  for  boiling  in  any  liquid,  the  first  way  is  best. 
When  these  fruits  are  cheap,  a  proper  quantity 
should  be  bought  and  prepared  as  above  directed, 


175 

especially  by  those  who  live  in  the  country,  where 
ihey  cannot  always  be  had;  and  they  are  perpet- 
ually wanted  in  cookery. 

When  whiles  of  eggs  are  used  for  jelly,  or  other 
purposes,  contrive  to  have  pudding,  custard,  &,c^ 
to  employ  the  yolks  also.  Should  you  not  want 
them  for  several  hours,  beat  them  up  with  a  little 
water,  and  put  them  in  a  cool  place,  or  they  will 
be  hardened  and  useless.  It  was  a  mistake  of  old, 
to  think  that  the  whites  made  cakes  and  puddings 
heavy  ;  on  the  contrary,  if  beaten  long  and  sepa- 
rately, they  contribute  greatly  to  give  lightness, 
are  an  advantage  to  paste,  and  make  a  pretty  dish, 
beaten  with  fruit,  to  set  in  cream,  &:c. 

If  copper  utensils  be  used  in  the  kitchen,  the 
cook  should  be  charged  to  be  very  careful  not  to 
let  the  tin  be  rubbed  off,  and  to  have  them  fresh 
done  when  the  least  defect  appears,  and  never  to 
put  by  any  soup,  gravy,  &ic.  in  them,  or  any  metal 
utensil ;  stone  and  earthen  vessels  should  be  pro- 
vided for  those  purposes,  as  likewise  plenty  of 
common  dishes,  that  the  table-set  may  not  be  used 
to  put  by  cold  meat. 

Tin  vessels,  if  kept  damp,  soon  rust,  which 
causes  holes.  Fenders  and  tin  linings  of  flower- 
pots, &c.  should  be  painted  every  year  or  two. 

Vegetables  soon  sour,  and  corrode  metals  and 
glazed  red  ware,  by  which  a  strong  poison  is  pro- 
duced. Some  years  ago,  the  death  of  several  gen- 
tlemen was  occasioned  at  Salt  hill,  (London,)  by 
the  cook  sending  a  ragout  to  the  table,  which  she 
had  kept  fi-om  the  preceding  day  in  a  copper  ves- 
sel badly  tinned. 

Vinegar,  by  its  acidity,  does  the  same,  the  glaz- 
ing being  of  lead  or  arsenic. 

To  cool  liquors  in  hot  weather,  dip  a  cloth  in 


176 

cold  water,  and  wrap  it  round  the  bottle  two  or 
three  times,  then  place  it  in  the  sun :  renew  the 
process  once  or  twice. 

The  best  way  of  scalding  fruits,  or  boiling  vine- 
gar, is  in  a  stone  jar  on  a  hot  iron  hearth  ;  or  by 
putting  the  vessel  into  a  saucepan  of  water,  called 
a  water-bath. 

If  chocolate,  coffee,  jelly,  gruel,  bark,  &c.  be 
suffered  to  boil  over,  the  strength  is  lost. 

The  cook  should  be  charged  to  take  care  of 
jelly-bags,  tapes  for  the  collared  things,  &:c.  which, 
if  not  perfectly  scalded,  and  kept  dry,  give  an  un- 
pleasant flavour  when  next  used. 

Cold  water  thrown  on  cast-iron,  when  hot,  will 
cause  it  to  crack. 

A  cook  must  be  quick  and  strong  of  sight:  her 
hearing  most  acute,  that  she  may  be  sensible  when 
the  contents  of  her  vessels  bubble,  although  they 
be  closely  covered,  and  that  she  maybe  alarmed 
before  the  pot  boils  over:  her  auditory  nerve 
ought  to  discriminate  (when  several  saucepans  are 
in  operation  at  the  same  time)  the  simmering  of 
one,  the  ebullition  of  another,  and  the  full-toned 
warbling  of  a  third. 

It  is  imperiously  requisite  that  her  organ  of  smell 
be  highly  susceptible  of  the  various  effluvia,  that 
her  nose  may  distinguish  the  perfection  of  aromatic 
ingredients,  and  that  in  animal  substances  it  shall 
evince  a  suspicious  accuracy  between  tenderness 
and  putrefaction;  above  all,  her  olfactories  should 
be  tremblingly  alive  to  mustiness  and  empyreuma. 

It  is  from  the  exquisite  sensibility  of  her  palate, 
that  we  admire  and  judge  of  the  cook  ;  from  the 
alliance  between  the  olfactory  and  sapid  organs 
it  will  be  seen,  that  their  perfection  is  indispen- 
sable. 


177 

Good  manners  have  often  made  the  fortune  of 
many,  who  have  had  nothing  else  to  recommend 
them  :  ill  manners  have  as  often  marred  the  hopes 
of  those  who  have  had  every  thing  else  to  advance 
them. 

Dinner  tables  are  seldom  sufficiently  lighted,  or 
attended ;  an  active  waiter  will  have  enough  to 
do,  to  attend  upon  half  a  dozen  good  eaters :  there 
should  be  half  as  many  candles  as  there  are  guests, 
and  their  flame  be  about  eighteen  inches  above 
the  table  ;  our  foolish  modern  candelabras  seem  in- 
tended to  illuminate  the  ceiling,  rather  than  to 
give  light- on  the  plates,  &c.  • 

I  am  persuaded  that  no  servant  ever  saved  his 
master  sixpence,  but  he  found  it  in  the  end  in  his 
own  pocket. — Cook''s  Ora. 

A  surgeon  may  as  well  attempt  to  make  an  in- 
cision with  a  pair  of  sheers,  or  open  a  vein  with 
an  oyster  knife,  as  a  cook  pretend  to  dress  a  din- 
ner without  proper  tools. — Ibid. 

When  the  pot  is  coming  to  a  boil,  there  will  al- 
ways, from  the  cleanest  meat  and  clearest  water, 
rise  a  scum  to  the  top  of  it  ;  proceeding  partly 
from  the  foulness  of  the  meat,  and  partly  from  the 
water,  this  must  be  carefully  taken  off  as  soon  as 
it  rises  ;  on  this,  depends  the  good  appearance  of 
all  boiled  things.  When  you  have  scummed  well, 
put  in  some  cold  water,  which  will  throw  up  the 
rest  of  the  scum.  The  oftener  it  is  scummed,  and 
the  cleaner  the  top  of  the  water  is  kept,  the  clean- 
er will  be  the  meat.  If  let  alone,  it  soon  ])oi]s 
down  and  sticks  to  the  meat;  which,  instead  of 
looking  delicately  white  and  nice,  will  have  that 
coarse  and  filthy  appearance  we  have  too  oft6n  to 
complain  of,  and  the  butcher  and.  poulterer  be 
16 


178 

blamed  for  the  carlessness  of  the  cook   in   not 
skimming  her  pot. 

in  small  families,  we  recommend  block  tin 
saucepans,  &c.  as  lightest,  and  safest;  if  proper 
care  is  taken  of  them,  and  they  are  well  dried  af- 
ter they  are  cleaned,  they  are  by  far  the  cheapest ; 
the  purchase  of  a  new  tin  saucepan  being  little 
more  than  the  expense  of  tinning  a  copper  one. 

Let  the  young  cook  never  forget,  that  cleanli- 
ness is  the  chief  cardinal  virtue  of  the  kitchen; 
the  first  preparation  for  roasting  is  to  take  care 
that  the  spit  be  properly  cleaned  with  sand  and 
vwaler,  nothing  else.  When  it  has  been  well 
scoured  with  this,  dry  it  with  a  clean  cloth.  If 
spits  are  wiped  clean,  as  soon  as  the  meat  is  drawn 
from  them,  and  while  they  are  hot,  a  very  little 
cleaning  will  be  required.  The  less  the  spit  is 
passed  through  the  meat  the  better,  and  before 
you  spit  it,  joint  it  properly,  especially  necks  and 
loins,  that  the  carver  may  separate  them  easily 
and  neatly,  and  take  especial  care,  it  be  evenly 
balanced  on  the  spit,  that  its  motion  may  be  regu- 
lar, and  the  fire  operate  equally  on  each  part  of  it. 
A  cook  must  be  as  particular  to  proportion  her 
fire  to  the  business  she  has  to  do,  as  a  chemist ;  the 
degree  of  heat  most  desirable  for  dressing  the  dif- 
ferent sorts  of  food  ought  to  be  attended  to  with 
the  utmost  precision. 

A  good  cook  is  as  anxiously  attentive  to  the 
appearance  and  colour  of  her  roasts,  as  a  court 
beauty  is  to  her  complexion  at  a  birlh-day  ball. 

Be   very  particular  in  frying,  never  to  use  any 
oil,    butter,   lard,   or   drippings,   but  what  is  quite 
clean,   fresh,  and  free  from  salt.     Any  thing  dirty^        ^^ 
spoils  the    look,   any  thing   bad   tasted  or   stale*,^^P> 
spoils  the   flavour,  and  salt  prevents  its  browning. 


179 

There  is  nothing  in  which  the  difference  between 
an  elegant  and  an  ordinary  table  is  more  seen,  than 
in  the  dressing  of  vegetables,  more  especially  of 
greens ;-  they  may  be  equally  as  fine  at  first,  at 
one  place  as  at  another;  but  their  look  and  taste 
are  afterwards  very  difierent,  entirely  from  the 
careless  way  in  which  they  have  been  cooked. 

Unripe  vegetables  are  as  insipid  and  unwhole- 
some as  unripe  fruits. 

If  you  wish  to  have  vegetables  delicately  clean, 
put  on  your  pot,  make  it-boil,  put  a  little  salt  in  it, 
and  skim  it  perfectly  clean  before  you  put  in  the 
greens,  &c.  which  should  not  be  put  in  till  the  wa- 
ter boils  briskly  ;  the  quicker  (hey  boil,  the  green- 
er they  will  be  ;  when  the  vegetables  sink,  they 
are  generally  done  enough,  if  the  water  has  been 
constantly  boiling.  Take  theni  up  immediately, 
or  they  will  lose  their  colour  and  goodness.  Drain 
the  water  from  them  thoroughly  before  you  send 
them  to  table.  This  branch  of  cookery  requires 
the  most  vigilant  attention. 

If  vegetables  are  a  minute  or  two  too  long  over 
the  fire,  they  lose  all  their  beauty  and  flavour. 

Made  dishes  are  nothing  more  than  meat,  poul- 
try, or  fish,  stewed  very  gently  till  they  are  tender, 
with  a  thickened  sauce  poured  over  them. 

Be  careful  to  trim  off  all  the  skin,  gristle,  &,c. 
that  will  not  be  eaten,  and  shape  handsomely  and 
of  even  thickness,  the  various  articles  which  com- 
pose your  made  dishes  ;  this  is  sadly  neglected  by 
common  cooks;  only  stew  them  till  they  are  just 
tender,  and  not  do  them  to  rags.  Therefore,  what 
you  prepare  the  day  before  it  is  to  be  eaten,  do 
not  do  quite  enough  the  first  day. 

Woollen  blankets  or  woollen  clothes  of  any  kind 
a^  well  as  furs,  may  be  preserved  from  moths  by 


180 

sprinkling  a  little  spirits  of  turpentine  upon  them, 
in  the  drawers  or  boxes  where  they  are  deposited 
during  summer.  The  scent  of  the  turpentine,  on 
the  woollens  or  furs,  is  immediately  removed  on 
their  exposure  to  the  air.  Sheets  of  paper  moist- 
ened with  spirits  of  turpentine  above  or  below  the 
clothes,  furs,  &c.  will  have  the  etFect  of  keeping  off 
moths,  but  not  so  effectually  as  sprinkling. 

When  you  open  a  bottle  of  catsup,  essence  of 
anchovy,  &c.  throw  away  the  old  cork,  and  stop 
it  closeJy  with  a  new  cork  that  will  fit  it  very  tight 
Use  only  the  best  superfine  velvet  taper  corks. 

Economy  in  corks  is  very  unwise  ;  in  order  to 
save  a  mere  trifle,  in  the  price  of  the  cork,  you  run 
the  risk  of  losing  the  valuable  article  it  is  intended 
tq  preserve.  It  is  a  vulgar  error  that  a  bottle 
must  be  well  stopped,  when  the  cork  is  forced 
down  even  with  the  mouth  of  it ;  this  is  a  sure  sign 
that  the  cork  is  too  small,  and  it  should  be  re- 
drawn and  a  larger  one  put  in. 

The  papering  of  a  room,  when  soiled  in  spots,  as 
often  happens,  may  be  cleaned  by  a  piece  of 
brick  loaf  or  biscuit,  one  or  two  days  old.  After 
gently  rubbing  till  the  bread  is  soiled,  the  soiled 
part  of  the  bread  should  be  chipped  ofi",  or  a  fresh 
piece  taken  ;  some  caution  is  requisite  not  to  in- 
jure the  fabric  of  the  paper-hanging,  or  the  figures 
on  it. 


I